Adding upstream version 247.3.upstream/247.3upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

8 files changed, 12505 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/shared/linux/README b/src/shared/linux/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46d5547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/shared/linux/README
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+The files in this directory are copied from kernel-5.2, and the following modifications are applied:
+- auto_dev-ioctl.h: set AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MINOR to 0
+- auto_dev-ioctl.h: define AUTOFS_IOCTL if not defined
+- bpf_insn.h: This is imported from samples/bpf/bpf_insn.h
+- bpf_insn.h: BPF_JMP_A() macro is also imported from include/linux/filter.h
+- dm-ioctl.h: set DM_VERSION_MINOR to 27
+- ethtool.h: define __KERNEL_DIV_ROUND_UP if not defined
+- ethtool.h: add casts in ethtool_cmd_speed()
diff --git a/src/shared/linux/auto_dev-ioctl.h b/src/shared/linux/auto_dev-ioctl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..261546c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/shared/linux/auto_dev-ioctl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
+/*
+ * Copyright 2008 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright 2008 Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
+ *
+ * This file is part of the Linux kernel and is made available under
+ * the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2, or at your
+ * option, any later version, incorporated herein by reference.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UAPI_LINUX_AUTO_DEV_IOCTL_H
+#define _UAPI_LINUX_AUTO_DEV_IOCTL_H
+
+#include <linux/auto_fs.h>
+#include <linux/string.h>
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEVICE_NAME		"autofs"
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MAJOR	1
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MINOR	0
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SIZE		sizeof(struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+/*
+ * An ioctl interface for autofs mount point control.
+ */
+
+struct args_protover {
+	__u32	version;
+};
+
+struct args_protosubver {
+	__u32	sub_version;
+};
+
+struct args_openmount {
+	__u32	devid;
+};
+
+struct args_ready {
+	__u32	token;
+};
+
+struct args_fail {
+	__u32	token;
+	__s32	status;
+};
+
+struct args_setpipefd {
+	__s32	pipefd;
+};
+
+struct args_timeout {
+	__u64	timeout;
+};
+
+struct args_requester {
+	__u32	uid;
+	__u32	gid;
+};
+
+struct args_expire {
+	__u32	how;
+};
+
+struct args_askumount {
+	__u32	may_umount;
+};
+
+struct args_ismountpoint {
+	union {
+		struct args_in {
+			__u32	type;
+		} in;
+		struct args_out {
+			__u32	devid;
+			__u32	magic;
+		} out;
+	};
+};
+
+/*
+ * All the ioctls use this structure.
+ * When sending a path size must account for the total length
+ * of the chunk of memory otherwise is is the size of the
+ * structure.
+ */
+
+struct autofs_dev_ioctl {
+	__u32 ver_major;
+	__u32 ver_minor;
+	__u32 size;		/* total size of data passed in
+				 * including this struct */
+	__s32 ioctlfd;		/* automount command fd */
+
+	/* Command parameters */
+
+	union {
+		struct args_protover		protover;
+		struct args_protosubver		protosubver;
+		struct args_openmount		openmount;
+		struct args_ready		ready;
+		struct args_fail		fail;
+		struct args_setpipefd		setpipefd;
+		struct args_timeout		timeout;
+		struct args_requester		requester;
+		struct args_expire		expire;
+		struct args_askumount		askumount;
+		struct args_ismountpoint	ismountpoint;
+	};
+
+	char path[0];
+};
+
+static inline void init_autofs_dev_ioctl(struct autofs_dev_ioctl *in)
+{
+	memset(in, 0, AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SIZE);
+	in->ver_major = AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MAJOR;
+	in->ver_minor = AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MINOR;
+	in->size = AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SIZE;
+	in->ioctlfd = -1;
+}
+
+enum {
+	/* Get various version info */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_CMD = 0x71,
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOVER_CMD,
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOSUBVER_CMD,
+
+	/* Open mount ioctl fd */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_OPENMOUNT_CMD,
+
+	/* Close mount ioctl fd */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CLOSEMOUNT_CMD,
+
+	/* Mount/expire status returns */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_READY_CMD,
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_FAIL_CMD,
+
+	/* Activate/deactivate autofs mount */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SETPIPEFD_CMD,
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CATATONIC_CMD,
+
+	/* Expiry timeout */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT_CMD,
+
+	/* Get mount last requesting uid and gid */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_REQUESTER_CMD,
+
+	/* Check for eligible expire candidates */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_EXPIRE_CMD,
+
+	/* Request busy status */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ASKUMOUNT_CMD,
+
+	/* Check if path is a mountpoint */
+	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ISMOUNTPOINT_CMD,
+};
+
+#ifndef AUTOFS_IOCTL
+#define AUTOFS_IOCTL 0x93
+#endif
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOVER \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOVER_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOSUBVER \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOSUBVER_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_OPENMOUNT \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_OPENMOUNT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CLOSEMOUNT \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CLOSEMOUNT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_READY \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_READY_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_FAIL \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_FAIL_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SETPIPEFD \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SETPIPEFD_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CATATONIC \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CATATONIC_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_REQUESTER \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_REQUESTER_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_EXPIRE \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_EXPIRE_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ASKUMOUNT \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ASKUMOUNT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ISMOUNTPOINT \
+	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
+	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ISMOUNTPOINT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)
+
+#endif	/* _UAPI_LINUX_AUTO_DEV_IOCTL_H */
diff --git a/src/shared/linux/bpf.h b/src/shared/linux/bpf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..359fc37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/shared/linux/bpf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3057 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
+/* Copyright (c) 2011-2014 PLUMgrid, http://plumgrid.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+#ifndef _UAPI__LINUX_BPF_H__
+#define _UAPI__LINUX_BPF_H__
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/bpf_common.h>
+
+/* Extended instruction set based on top of classic BPF */
+
+/* instruction classes */
+#define BPF_ALU64	0x07	/* alu mode in double word width */
+
+/* ld/ldx fields */
+#define BPF_DW		0x18	/* double word (64-bit) */
+#define BPF_XADD	0xc0	/* exclusive add */
+
+/* alu/jmp fields */
+#define BPF_MOV		0xb0	/* mov reg to reg */
+#define BPF_ARSH	0xc0	/* sign extending arithmetic shift right */
+
+/* change endianness of a register */
+#define BPF_END		0xd0	/* flags for endianness conversion: */
+#define BPF_TO_LE	0x00	/* convert to little-endian */
+#define BPF_TO_BE	0x08	/* convert to big-endian */
+#define BPF_FROM_LE	BPF_TO_LE
+#define BPF_FROM_BE	BPF_TO_BE
+
+/* jmp encodings */
+#define BPF_JNE		0x50	/* jump != */
+#define BPF_JLT		0xa0	/* LT is unsigned, '<' */
+#define BPF_JLE		0xb0	/* LE is unsigned, '<=' */
+#define BPF_JSGT	0x60	/* SGT is signed '>', GT in x86 */
+#define BPF_JSGE	0x70	/* SGE is signed '>=', GE in x86 */
+#define BPF_JSLT	0xc0	/* SLT is signed, '<' */
+#define BPF_JSLE	0xd0	/* SLE is signed, '<=' */
+#define BPF_CALL	0x80	/* function call */
+#define BPF_EXIT	0x90	/* function return */
+
+/* Register numbers */
+enum {
+	BPF_REG_0 = 0,
+	BPF_REG_1,
+	BPF_REG_2,
+	BPF_REG_3,
+	BPF_REG_4,
+	BPF_REG_5,
+	BPF_REG_6,
+	BPF_REG_7,
+	BPF_REG_8,
+	BPF_REG_9,
+	BPF_REG_10,
+	__MAX_BPF_REG,
+};
+
+/* BPF has 10 general purpose 64-bit registers and stack frame. */
+#define MAX_BPF_REG	__MAX_BPF_REG
+
+struct bpf_insn {
+	__u8	code;		/* opcode */
+	__u8	dst_reg:4;	/* dest register */
+	__u8	src_reg:4;	/* source register */
+	__s16	off;		/* signed offset */
+	__s32	imm;		/* signed immediate constant */
+};
+
+/* Key of an a BPF_MAP_TYPE_LPM_TRIE entry */
+struct bpf_lpm_trie_key {
+	__u32	prefixlen;	/* up to 32 for AF_INET, 128 for AF_INET6 */
+	__u8	data[0];	/* Arbitrary size */
+};
+
+struct bpf_cgroup_storage_key {
+	__u64	cgroup_inode_id;	/* cgroup inode id */
+	__u32	attach_type;		/* program attach type */
+};
+
+/* BPF syscall commands, see bpf(2) man-page for details. */
+enum bpf_cmd {
+	BPF_MAP_CREATE,
+	BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_ELEM,
+	BPF_MAP_UPDATE_ELEM,
+	BPF_MAP_DELETE_ELEM,
+	BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY,
+	BPF_PROG_LOAD,
+	BPF_OBJ_PIN,
+	BPF_OBJ_GET,
+	BPF_PROG_ATTACH,
+	BPF_PROG_DETACH,
+	BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN,
+	BPF_PROG_GET_NEXT_ID,
+	BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_ID,
+	BPF_PROG_GET_FD_BY_ID,
+	BPF_MAP_GET_FD_BY_ID,
+	BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD,
+	BPF_PROG_QUERY,
+	BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN,
+	BPF_BTF_LOAD,
+	BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID,
+	BPF_TASK_FD_QUERY,
+	BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_AND_DELETE_ELEM,
+};
+
+enum bpf_map_type {
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_UNSPEC,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_HASH,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_ARRAY,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK_TRACE,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_HASH,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_PERCPU_HASH,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_LPM_TRIE,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY_OF_MAPS,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH_OF_MAPS,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_DEVMAP,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKMAP,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_CPUMAP,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_XSKMAP,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKHASH,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_STORAGE,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_SOCKARRAY,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_CGROUP_STORAGE,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_QUEUE,
+	BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK,
+};
+
+/* Note that tracing related programs such as
+ * BPF_PROG_TYPE_{KPROBE,TRACEPOINT,PERF_EVENT,RAW_TRACEPOINT}
+ * are not subject to a stable API since kernel internal data
+ * structures can change from release to release and may
+ * therefore break existing tracing BPF programs. Tracing BPF
+ * programs correspond to /a/ specific kernel which is to be
+ * analyzed, and not /a/ specific kernel /and/ all future ones.
+ */
+enum bpf_prog_type {
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_UNSPEC,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_KPROBE,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_ACT,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_TRACEPOINT,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_PERF_EVENT,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SKB,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_IN,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_OUT,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_XMIT,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_SKB,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_DEVICE,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_MSG,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK_ADDR,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_SEG6LOCAL,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LIRC_MODE2,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT,
+	BPF_PROG_TYPE_FLOW_DISSECTOR,
+};
+
+enum bpf_attach_type {
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET_INGRESS,
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET_EGRESS,
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET_SOCK_CREATE,
+	BPF_CGROUP_SOCK_OPS,
+	BPF_SK_SKB_STREAM_PARSER,
+	BPF_SK_SKB_STREAM_VERDICT,
+	BPF_CGROUP_DEVICE,
+	BPF_SK_MSG_VERDICT,
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET4_BIND,
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET6_BIND,
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET4_CONNECT,
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET6_CONNECT,
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET4_POST_BIND,
+	BPF_CGROUP_INET6_POST_BIND,
+	BPF_CGROUP_UDP4_SENDMSG,
+	BPF_CGROUP_UDP6_SENDMSG,
+	BPF_LIRC_MODE2,
+	BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR,
+	__MAX_BPF_ATTACH_TYPE
+};
+
+#define MAX_BPF_ATTACH_TYPE __MAX_BPF_ATTACH_TYPE
+
+/* cgroup-bpf attach flags used in BPF_PROG_ATTACH command
+ *
+ * NONE(default): No further bpf programs allowed in the subtree.
+ *
+ * BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE: If a sub-cgroup installs some bpf program,
+ * the program in this cgroup yields to sub-cgroup program.
+ *
+ * BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI: If a sub-cgroup installs some bpf program,
+ * that cgroup program gets run in addition to the program in this cgroup.
+ *
+ * Only one program is allowed to be attached to a cgroup with
+ * NONE or BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE flag.
+ * Attaching another program on top of NONE or BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE will
+ * release old program and attach the new one. Attach flags has to match.
+ *
+ * Multiple programs are allowed to be attached to a cgroup with
+ * BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI flag. They are executed in FIFO order
+ * (those that were attached first, run first)
+ * The programs of sub-cgroup are executed first, then programs of
+ * this cgroup and then programs of parent cgroup.
+ * When children program makes decision (like picking TCP CA or sock bind)
+ * parent program has a chance to override it.
+ *
+ * A cgroup with MULTI or OVERRIDE flag allows any attach flags in sub-cgroups.
+ * A cgroup with NONE doesn't allow any programs in sub-cgroups.
+ * Ex1:
+ * cgrp1 (MULTI progs A, B) ->
+ *    cgrp2 (OVERRIDE prog C) ->
+ *      cgrp3 (MULTI prog D) ->
+ *        cgrp4 (OVERRIDE prog E) ->
+ *          cgrp5 (NONE prog F)
+ * the event in cgrp5 triggers execution of F,D,A,B in that order.
+ * if prog F is detached, the execution is E,D,A,B
+ * if prog F and D are detached, the execution is E,A,B
+ * if prog F, E and D are detached, the execution is C,A,B
+ *
+ * All eligible programs are executed regardless of return code from
+ * earlier programs.
+ */
+#define BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE	(1U << 0)
+#define BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI	(1U << 1)
+
+/* If BPF_F_STRICT_ALIGNMENT is used in BPF_PROG_LOAD command, the
+ * verifier will perform strict alignment checking as if the kernel
+ * has been built with CONFIG_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS not set,
+ * and NET_IP_ALIGN defined to 2.
+ */
+#define BPF_F_STRICT_ALIGNMENT	(1U << 0)
+
+/* If BPF_F_ANY_ALIGNMENT is used in BPF_PROF_LOAD command, the
+ * verifier will allow any alignment whatsoever.  On platforms
+ * with strict alignment requirements for loads ands stores (such
+ * as sparc and mips) the verifier validates that all loads and
+ * stores provably follow this requirement.  This flag turns that
+ * checking and enforcement off.
+ *
+ * It is mostly used for testing when we want to validate the
+ * context and memory access aspects of the verifier, but because
+ * of an unaligned access the alignment check would trigger before
+ * the one we are interested in.
+ */
+#define BPF_F_ANY_ALIGNMENT	(1U << 1)
+
+/* when bpf_ldimm64->src_reg == BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_FD, bpf_ldimm64->imm == fd */
+#define BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_FD	1
+
+/* when bpf_call->src_reg == BPF_PSEUDO_CALL, bpf_call->imm == pc-relative
+ * offset to another bpf function
+ */
+#define BPF_PSEUDO_CALL		1
+
+/* flags for BPF_MAP_UPDATE_ELEM command */
+#define BPF_ANY		0 /* create new element or update existing */
+#define BPF_NOEXIST	1 /* create new element if it didn't exist */
+#define BPF_EXIST	2 /* update existing element */
+
+/* flags for BPF_MAP_CREATE command */
+#define BPF_F_NO_PREALLOC	(1U << 0)
+/* Instead of having one common LRU list in the
+ * BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_[PERCPU_]HASH map, use a percpu LRU list
+ * which can scale and perform better.
+ * Note, the LRU nodes (including free nodes) cannot be moved
+ * across different LRU lists.
+ */
+#define BPF_F_NO_COMMON_LRU	(1U << 1)
+/* Specify numa node during map creation */
+#define BPF_F_NUMA_NODE		(1U << 2)
+
+#define BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN 16U
+
+/* Flags for accessing BPF object */
+#define BPF_F_RDONLY		(1U << 3)
+#define BPF_F_WRONLY		(1U << 4)
+
+/* Flag for stack_map, store build_id+offset instead of pointer */
+#define BPF_F_STACK_BUILD_ID	(1U << 5)
+
+/* Zero-initialize hash function seed. This should only be used for testing. */
+#define BPF_F_ZERO_SEED		(1U << 6)
+
+/* flags for BPF_PROG_QUERY */
+#define BPF_F_QUERY_EFFECTIVE	(1U << 0)
+
+enum bpf_stack_build_id_status {
+	/* user space need an empty entry to identify end of a trace */
+	BPF_STACK_BUILD_ID_EMPTY = 0,
+	/* with valid build_id and offset */
+	BPF_STACK_BUILD_ID_VALID = 1,
+	/* couldn't get build_id, fallback to ip */
+	BPF_STACK_BUILD_ID_IP = 2,
+};
+
+#define BPF_BUILD_ID_SIZE 20
+struct bpf_stack_build_id {
+	__s32		status;
+	unsigned char	build_id[BPF_BUILD_ID_SIZE];
+	union {
+		__u64	offset;
+		__u64	ip;
+	};
+};
+
+union bpf_attr {
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_MAP_CREATE command */
+		__u32	map_type;	/* one of enum bpf_map_type */
+		__u32	key_size;	/* size of key in bytes */
+		__u32	value_size;	/* size of value in bytes */
+		__u32	max_entries;	/* max number of entries in a map */
+		__u32	map_flags;	/* BPF_MAP_CREATE related
+					 * flags defined above.
+					 */
+		__u32	inner_map_fd;	/* fd pointing to the inner map */
+		__u32	numa_node;	/* numa node (effective only if
+					 * BPF_F_NUMA_NODE is set).
+					 */
+		char	map_name[BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN];
+		__u32	map_ifindex;	/* ifindex of netdev to create on */
+		__u32	btf_fd;		/* fd pointing to a BTF type data */
+		__u32	btf_key_type_id;	/* BTF type_id of the key */
+		__u32	btf_value_type_id;	/* BTF type_id of the value */
+	};
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_MAP_*_ELEM commands */
+		__u32		map_fd;
+		__aligned_u64	key;
+		union {
+			__aligned_u64 value;
+			__aligned_u64 next_key;
+		};
+		__u64		flags;
+	};
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_PROG_LOAD command */
+		__u32		prog_type;	/* one of enum bpf_prog_type */
+		__u32		insn_cnt;
+		__aligned_u64	insns;
+		__aligned_u64	license;
+		__u32		log_level;	/* verbosity level of verifier */
+		__u32		log_size;	/* size of user buffer */
+		__aligned_u64	log_buf;	/* user supplied buffer */
+		__u32		kern_version;	/* not used */
+		__u32		prog_flags;
+		char		prog_name[BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN];
+		__u32		prog_ifindex;	/* ifindex of netdev to prep for */
+		/* For some prog types expected attach type must be known at
+		 * load time to verify attach type specific parts of prog
+		 * (context accesses, allowed helpers, etc).
+		 */
+		__u32		expected_attach_type;
+		__u32		prog_btf_fd;	/* fd pointing to BTF type data */
+		__u32		func_info_rec_size;	/* userspace bpf_func_info size */
+		__aligned_u64	func_info;	/* func info */
+		__u32		func_info_cnt;	/* number of bpf_func_info records */
+		__u32		line_info_rec_size;	/* userspace bpf_line_info size */
+		__aligned_u64	line_info;	/* line info */
+		__u32		line_info_cnt;	/* number of bpf_line_info records */
+	};
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_OBJ_* commands */
+		__aligned_u64	pathname;
+		__u32		bpf_fd;
+		__u32		file_flags;
+	};
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_PROG_ATTACH/DETACH commands */
+		__u32		target_fd;	/* container object to attach to */
+		__u32		attach_bpf_fd;	/* eBPF program to attach */
+		__u32		attach_type;
+		__u32		attach_flags;
+	};
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN command */
+		__u32		prog_fd;
+		__u32		retval;
+		__u32		data_size_in;	/* input: len of data_in */
+		__u32		data_size_out;	/* input/output: len of data_out
+						 *   returns ENOSPC if data_out
+						 *   is too small.
+						 */
+		__aligned_u64	data_in;
+		__aligned_u64	data_out;
+		__u32		repeat;
+		__u32		duration;
+	} test;
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_*_GET_*_ID */
+		union {
+			__u32		start_id;
+			__u32		prog_id;
+			__u32		map_id;
+			__u32		btf_id;
+		};
+		__u32		next_id;
+		__u32		open_flags;
+	};
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD */
+		__u32		bpf_fd;
+		__u32		info_len;
+		__aligned_u64	info;
+	} info;
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_PROG_QUERY command */
+		__u32		target_fd;	/* container object to query */
+		__u32		attach_type;
+		__u32		query_flags;
+		__u32		attach_flags;
+		__aligned_u64	prog_ids;
+		__u32		prog_cnt;
+	} query;
+
+	struct {
+		__u64 name;
+		__u32 prog_fd;
+	} raw_tracepoint;
+
+	struct { /* anonymous struct for BPF_BTF_LOAD */
+		__aligned_u64	btf;
+		__aligned_u64	btf_log_buf;
+		__u32		btf_size;
+		__u32		btf_log_size;
+		__u32		btf_log_level;
+	};
+
+	struct {
+		__u32		pid;		/* input: pid */
+		__u32		fd;		/* input: fd */
+		__u32		flags;		/* input: flags */
+		__u32		buf_len;	/* input/output: buf len */
+		__aligned_u64	buf;		/* input/output:
+						 *   tp_name for tracepoint
+						 *   symbol for kprobe
+						 *   filename for uprobe
+						 */
+		__u32		prog_id;	/* output: prod_id */
+		__u32		fd_type;	/* output: BPF_FD_TYPE_* */
+		__u64		probe_offset;	/* output: probe_offset */
+		__u64		probe_addr;	/* output: probe_addr */
+	} task_fd_query;
+} __attribute__((aligned(8)));
+
+/* The description below is an attempt at providing documentation to eBPF
+ * developers about the multiple available eBPF helper functions. It can be
+ * parsed and used to produce a manual page. The workflow is the following,
+ * and requires the rst2man utility:
+ *
+ *     $ ./scripts/bpf_helpers_doc.py \
+ *             --filename include/uapi/linux/bpf.h > /tmp/bpf-helpers.rst
+ *     $ rst2man /tmp/bpf-helpers.rst > /tmp/bpf-helpers.7
+ *     $ man /tmp/bpf-helpers.7
+ *
+ * Note that in order to produce this external documentation, some RST
+ * formatting is used in the descriptions to get "bold" and "italics" in
+ * manual pages. Also note that the few trailing white spaces are
+ * intentional, removing them would break paragraphs for rst2man.
+ *
+ * Start of BPF helper function descriptions:
+ *
+ * void *bpf_map_lookup_elem(struct bpf_map *map, const void *key)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Perform a lookup in *map* for an entry associated to *key*.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		Map value associated to *key*, or **NULL** if no entry was
+ * 		found.
+ *
+ * int bpf_map_update_elem(struct bpf_map *map, const void *key, const void *value, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Add or update the value of the entry associated to *key* in
+ * 		*map* with *value*. *flags* is one of:
+ *
+ * 		**BPF_NOEXIST**
+ * 			The entry for *key* must not exist in the map.
+ * 		**BPF_EXIST**
+ * 			The entry for *key* must already exist in the map.
+ * 		**BPF_ANY**
+ * 			No condition on the existence of the entry for *key*.
+ *
+ * 		Flag value **BPF_NOEXIST** cannot be used for maps of types
+ * 		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY** or **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_ARRAY**  (all
+ * 		elements always exist), the helper would return an error.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_map_delete_elem(struct bpf_map *map, const void *key)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Delete entry with *key* from *map*.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_map_push_elem(struct bpf_map *map, const void *value, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Push an element *value* in *map*. *flags* is one of:
+ *
+ * 		**BPF_EXIST**
+ * 		If the queue/stack is full, the oldest element is removed to
+ * 		make room for this.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_probe_read(void *dst, u32 size, const void *src)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		For tracing programs, safely attempt to read *size* bytes from
+ * 		address *src* and store the data in *dst*.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_ktime_get_ns(void)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Return the time elapsed since system boot, in nanoseconds.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		Current *ktime*.
+ *
+ * int bpf_trace_printk(const char *fmt, u32 fmt_size, ...)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		This helper is a "printk()-like" facility for debugging. It
+ * 		prints a message defined by format *fmt* (of size *fmt_size*)
+ * 		to file *\/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace* from DebugFS, if
+ * 		available. It can take up to three additional **u64**
+ * 		arguments (as an eBPF helpers, the total number of arguments is
+ * 		limited to five).
+ *
+ * 		Each time the helper is called, it appends a line to the trace.
+ * 		The format of the trace is customizable, and the exact output
+ * 		one will get depends on the options set in
+ * 		*\/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace_options* (see also the
+ * 		*README* file under the same directory). However, it usually
+ * 		defaults to something like:
+ *
+ * 		::
+ *
+ * 			telnet-470   [001] .N.. 419421.045894: 0x00000001: <formatted msg>
+ *
+ * 		In the above:
+ *
+ * 			* ``telnet`` is the name of the current task.
+ * 			* ``470`` is the PID of the current task.
+ * 			* ``001`` is the CPU number on which the task is
+ * 			  running.
+ * 			* In ``.N..``, each character refers to a set of
+ * 			  options (whether irqs are enabled, scheduling
+ * 			  options, whether hard/softirqs are running, level of
+ * 			  preempt_disabled respectively). **N** means that
+ * 			  **TIF_NEED_RESCHED** and **PREEMPT_NEED_RESCHED**
+ * 			  are set.
+ * 			* ``419421.045894`` is a timestamp.
+ * 			* ``0x00000001`` is a fake value used by BPF for the
+ * 			  instruction pointer register.
+ * 			* ``<formatted msg>`` is the message formatted with
+ * 			  *fmt*.
+ *
+ * 		The conversion specifiers supported by *fmt* are similar, but
+ * 		more limited than for printk(). They are **%d**, **%i**,
+ * 		**%u**, **%x**, **%ld**, **%li**, **%lu**, **%lx**, **%lld**,
+ * 		**%lli**, **%llu**, **%llx**, **%p**, **%s**. No modifier (size
+ * 		of field, padding with zeroes, etc.) is available, and the
+ * 		helper will return **-EINVAL** (but print nothing) if it
+ * 		encounters an unknown specifier.
+ *
+ * 		Also, note that **bpf_trace_printk**\ () is slow, and should
+ * 		only be used for debugging purposes. For this reason, a notice
+ * 		bloc (spanning several lines) is printed to kernel logs and
+ * 		states that the helper should not be used "for production use"
+ * 		the first time this helper is used (or more precisely, when
+ * 		**trace_printk**\ () buffers are allocated). For passing values
+ * 		to user space, perf events should be preferred.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The number of bytes written to the buffer, or a negative error
+ * 		in case of failure.
+ *
+ * u32 bpf_get_prandom_u32(void)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Get a pseudo-random number.
+ *
+ * 		From a security point of view, this helper uses its own
+ * 		pseudo-random internal state, and cannot be used to infer the
+ * 		seed of other random functions in the kernel. However, it is
+ * 		essential to note that the generator used by the helper is not
+ * 		cryptographically secure.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A random 32-bit unsigned value.
+ *
+ * u32 bpf_get_smp_processor_id(void)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Get the SMP (symmetric multiprocessing) processor id. Note that
+ * 		all programs run with preemption disabled, which means that the
+ * 		SMP processor id is stable during all the execution of the
+ * 		program.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The SMP id of the processor running the program.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_store_bytes(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, const void *from, u32 len, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Store *len* bytes from address *from* into the packet
+ * 		associated to *skb*, at *offset*. *flags* are a combination of
+ * 		**BPF_F_RECOMPUTE_CSUM** (automatically recompute the
+ * 		checksum for the packet after storing the bytes) and
+ * 		**BPF_F_INVALIDATE_HASH** (set *skb*\ **->hash**, *skb*\
+ * 		**->swhash** and *skb*\ **->l4hash** to 0).
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_l3_csum_replace(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, u64 from, u64 to, u64 size)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Recompute the layer 3 (e.g. IP) checksum for the packet
+ * 		associated to *skb*. Computation is incremental, so the helper
+ * 		must know the former value of the header field that was
+ * 		modified (*from*), the new value of this field (*to*), and the
+ * 		number of bytes (2 or 4) for this field, stored in *size*.
+ * 		Alternatively, it is possible to store the difference between
+ * 		the previous and the new values of the header field in *to*, by
+ * 		setting *from* and *size* to 0. For both methods, *offset*
+ * 		indicates the location of the IP checksum within the packet.
+ *
+ * 		This helper works in combination with **bpf_csum_diff**\ (),
+ * 		which does not update the checksum in-place, but offers more
+ * 		flexibility and can handle sizes larger than 2 or 4 for the
+ * 		checksum to update.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_l4_csum_replace(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, u64 from, u64 to, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Recompute the layer 4 (e.g. TCP, UDP or ICMP) checksum for the
+ * 		packet associated to *skb*. Computation is incremental, so the
+ * 		helper must know the former value of the header field that was
+ * 		modified (*from*), the new value of this field (*to*), and the
+ * 		number of bytes (2 or 4) for this field, stored on the lowest
+ * 		four bits of *flags*. Alternatively, it is possible to store
+ * 		the difference between the previous and the new values of the
+ * 		header field in *to*, by setting *from* and the four lowest
+ * 		bits of *flags* to 0. For both methods, *offset* indicates the
+ * 		location of the IP checksum within the packet. In addition to
+ * 		the size of the field, *flags* can be added (bitwise OR) actual
+ * 		flags. With **BPF_F_MARK_MANGLED_0**, a null checksum is left
+ * 		untouched (unless **BPF_F_MARK_ENFORCE** is added as well), and
+ * 		for updates resulting in a null checksum the value is set to
+ * 		**CSUM_MANGLED_0** instead. Flag **BPF_F_PSEUDO_HDR** indicates
+ * 		the checksum is to be computed against a pseudo-header.
+ *
+ * 		This helper works in combination with **bpf_csum_diff**\ (),
+ * 		which does not update the checksum in-place, but offers more
+ * 		flexibility and can handle sizes larger than 2 or 4 for the
+ * 		checksum to update.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_tail_call(void *ctx, struct bpf_map *prog_array_map, u32 index)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		This special helper is used to trigger a "tail call", or in
+ * 		other words, to jump into another eBPF program. The same stack
+ * 		frame is used (but values on stack and in registers for the
+ * 		caller are not accessible to the callee). This mechanism allows
+ * 		for program chaining, either for raising the maximum number of
+ * 		available eBPF instructions, or to execute given programs in
+ * 		conditional blocks. For security reasons, there is an upper
+ * 		limit to the number of successive tail calls that can be
+ * 		performed.
+ *
+ * 		Upon call of this helper, the program attempts to jump into a
+ * 		program referenced at index *index* in *prog_array_map*, a
+ * 		special map of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY**, and passes
+ * 		*ctx*, a pointer to the context.
+ *
+ * 		If the call succeeds, the kernel immediately runs the first
+ * 		instruction of the new program. This is not a function call,
+ * 		and it never returns to the previous program. If the call
+ * 		fails, then the helper has no effect, and the caller continues
+ * 		to run its subsequent instructions. A call can fail if the
+ * 		destination program for the jump does not exist (i.e. *index*
+ * 		is superior to the number of entries in *prog_array_map*), or
+ * 		if the maximum number of tail calls has been reached for this
+ * 		chain of programs. This limit is defined in the kernel by the
+ * 		macro **MAX_TAIL_CALL_CNT** (not accessible to user space),
+ * 		which is currently set to 32.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_clone_redirect(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 ifindex, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Clone and redirect the packet associated to *skb* to another
+ * 		net device of index *ifindex*. Both ingress and egress
+ * 		interfaces can be used for redirection. The **BPF_F_INGRESS**
+ * 		value in *flags* is used to make the distinction (ingress path
+ * 		is selected if the flag is present, egress path otherwise).
+ * 		This is the only flag supported for now.
+ *
+ * 		In comparison with **bpf_redirect**\ () helper,
+ * 		**bpf_clone_redirect**\ () has the associated cost of
+ * 		duplicating the packet buffer, but this can be executed out of
+ * 		the eBPF program. Conversely, **bpf_redirect**\ () is more
+ * 		efficient, but it is handled through an action code where the
+ * 		redirection happens only after the eBPF program has returned.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_get_current_pid_tgid(void)
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A 64-bit integer containing the current tgid and pid, and
+ * 		created as such:
+ * 		*current_task*\ **->tgid << 32 \|**
+ * 		*current_task*\ **->pid**.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_get_current_uid_gid(void)
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A 64-bit integer containing the current GID and UID, and
+ * 		created as such: *current_gid* **<< 32 \|** *current_uid*.
+ *
+ * int bpf_get_current_comm(char *buf, u32 size_of_buf)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Copy the **comm** attribute of the current task into *buf* of
+ * 		*size_of_buf*. The **comm** attribute contains the name of
+ * 		the executable (excluding the path) for the current task. The
+ * 		*size_of_buf* must be strictly positive. On success, the
+ * 		helper makes sure that the *buf* is NUL-terminated. On failure,
+ * 		it is filled with zeroes.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * u32 bpf_get_cgroup_classid(struct sk_buff *skb)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Retrieve the classid for the current task, i.e. for the net_cls
+ * 		cgroup to which *skb* belongs.
+ *
+ * 		This helper can be used on TC egress path, but not on ingress.
+ *
+ * 		The net_cls cgroup provides an interface to tag network packets
+ * 		based on a user-provided identifier for all traffic coming from
+ * 		the tasks belonging to the related cgroup. See also the related
+ * 		kernel documentation, available from the Linux sources in file
+ * 		*Documentation/cgroup-v1/net_cls.txt*.
+ *
+ * 		The Linux kernel has two versions for cgroups: there are
+ * 		cgroups v1 and cgroups v2. Both are available to users, who can
+ * 		use a mixture of them, but note that the net_cls cgroup is for
+ * 		cgroup v1 only. This makes it incompatible with BPF programs
+ * 		run on cgroups, which is a cgroup-v2-only feature (a socket can
+ * 		only hold data for one version of cgroups at a time).
+ *
+ * 		This helper is only available is the kernel was compiled with
+ * 		the **CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID** configuration option set to
+ * 		"**y**" or to "**m**".
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The classid, or 0 for the default unconfigured classid.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_vlan_push(struct sk_buff *skb, __be16 vlan_proto, u16 vlan_tci)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Push a *vlan_tci* (VLAN tag control information) of protocol
+ * 		*vlan_proto* to the packet associated to *skb*, then update
+ * 		the checksum. Note that if *vlan_proto* is different from
+ * 		**ETH_P_8021Q** and **ETH_P_8021AD**, it is considered to
+ * 		be **ETH_P_8021Q**.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_vlan_pop(struct sk_buff *skb)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Pop a VLAN header from the packet associated to *skb*.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_tunnel_key *key, u32 size, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Get tunnel metadata. This helper takes a pointer *key* to an
+ * 		empty **struct bpf_tunnel_key** of **size**, that will be
+ * 		filled with tunnel metadata for the packet associated to *skb*.
+ * 		The *flags* can be set to **BPF_F_TUNINFO_IPV6**, which
+ * 		indicates that the tunnel is based on IPv6 protocol instead of
+ * 		IPv4.
+ *
+ * 		The **struct bpf_tunnel_key** is an object that generalizes the
+ * 		principal parameters used by various tunneling protocols into a
+ * 		single struct. This way, it can be used to easily make a
+ * 		decision based on the contents of the encapsulation header,
+ * 		"summarized" in this struct. In particular, it holds the IP
+ * 		address of the remote end (IPv4 or IPv6, depending on the case)
+ * 		in *key*\ **->remote_ipv4** or *key*\ **->remote_ipv6**. Also,
+ * 		this struct exposes the *key*\ **->tunnel_id**, which is
+ * 		generally mapped to a VNI (Virtual Network Identifier), making
+ * 		it programmable together with the **bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key**\
+ * 		() helper.
+ *
+ * 		Let's imagine that the following code is part of a program
+ * 		attached to the TC ingress interface, on one end of a GRE
+ * 		tunnel, and is supposed to filter out all messages coming from
+ * 		remote ends with IPv4 address other than 10.0.0.1:
+ *
+ * 		::
+ *
+ * 			int ret;
+ * 			struct bpf_tunnel_key key = {};
+ * 			
+ * 			ret = bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(skb, &key, sizeof(key), 0);
+ * 			if (ret < 0)
+ * 				return TC_ACT_SHOT;	// drop packet
+ * 			
+ * 			if (key.remote_ipv4 != 0x0a000001)
+ * 				return TC_ACT_SHOT;	// drop packet
+ * 			
+ * 			return TC_ACT_OK;		// accept packet
+ *
+ * 		This interface can also be used with all encapsulation devices
+ * 		that can operate in "collect metadata" mode: instead of having
+ * 		one network device per specific configuration, the "collect
+ * 		metadata" mode only requires a single device where the
+ * 		configuration can be extracted from this helper.
+ *
+ * 		This can be used together with various tunnels such as VXLan,
+ * 		Geneve, GRE or IP in IP (IPIP).
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_tunnel_key *key, u32 size, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Populate tunnel metadata for packet associated to *skb.* The
+ * 		tunnel metadata is set to the contents of *key*, of *size*. The
+ * 		*flags* can be set to a combination of the following values:
+ *
+ * 		**BPF_F_TUNINFO_IPV6**
+ * 			Indicate that the tunnel is based on IPv6 protocol
+ * 			instead of IPv4.
+ * 		**BPF_F_ZERO_CSUM_TX**
+ * 			For IPv4 packets, add a flag to tunnel metadata
+ * 			indicating that checksum computation should be skipped
+ * 			and checksum set to zeroes.
+ * 		**BPF_F_DONT_FRAGMENT**
+ * 			Add a flag to tunnel metadata indicating that the
+ * 			packet should not be fragmented.
+ * 		**BPF_F_SEQ_NUMBER**
+ * 			Add a flag to tunnel metadata indicating that a
+ * 			sequence number should be added to tunnel header before
+ * 			sending the packet. This flag was added for GRE
+ * 			encapsulation, but might be used with other protocols
+ * 			as well in the future.
+ *
+ * 		Here is a typical usage on the transmit path:
+ *
+ * 		::
+ *
+ * 			struct bpf_tunnel_key key;
+ * 			     populate key ...
+ * 			bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key(skb, &key, sizeof(key), 0);
+ * 			bpf_clone_redirect(skb, vxlan_dev_ifindex, 0);
+ *
+ * 		See also the description of the **bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key**\ ()
+ * 		helper for additional information.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_perf_event_read(struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Read the value of a perf event counter. This helper relies on a
+ * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY**. The nature of
+ * 		the perf event counter is selected when *map* is updated with
+ * 		perf event file descriptors. The *map* is an array whose size
+ * 		is the number of available CPUs, and each cell contains a value
+ * 		relative to one CPU. The value to retrieve is indicated by
+ * 		*flags*, that contains the index of the CPU to look up, masked
+ * 		with **BPF_F_INDEX_MASK**. Alternatively, *flags* can be set to
+ * 		**BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU** to indicate that the value for the
+ * 		current CPU should be retrieved.
+ *
+ * 		Note that before Linux 4.13, only hardware perf event can be
+ * 		retrieved.
+ *
+ * 		Also, be aware that the newer helper
+ * 		**bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ () is recommended over
+ * 		**bpf_perf_event_read**\ () in general. The latter has some ABI
+ * 		quirks where error and counter value are used as a return code
+ * 		(which is wrong to do since ranges may overlap). This issue is
+ * 		fixed with **bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ (), which at the same
+ * 		time provides more features over the **bpf_perf_event_read**\
+ * 		() interface. Please refer to the description of
+ * 		**bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ () for details.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The value of the perf event counter read from the map, or a
+ * 		negative error code in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_redirect(u32 ifindex, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Redirect the packet to another net device of index *ifindex*.
+ * 		This helper is somewhat similar to **bpf_clone_redirect**\
+ * 		(), except that the packet is not cloned, which provides
+ * 		increased performance.
+ *
+ * 		Except for XDP, both ingress and egress interfaces can be used
+ * 		for redirection. The **BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used
+ * 		to make the distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag
+ * 		is present, egress path otherwise). Currently, XDP only
+ * 		supports redirection to the egress interface, and accepts no
+ * 		flag at all.
+ *
+ * 		The same effect can be attained with the more generic
+ * 		**bpf_redirect_map**\ (), which requires specific maps to be
+ * 		used but offers better performance.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		For XDP, the helper returns **XDP_REDIRECT** on success or
+ * 		**XDP_ABORTED** on error. For other program types, the values
+ * 		are **TC_ACT_REDIRECT** on success or **TC_ACT_SHOT** on
+ * 		error.
+ *
+ * u32 bpf_get_route_realm(struct sk_buff *skb)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Retrieve the realm or the route, that is to say the
+ * 		**tclassid** field of the destination for the *skb*. The
+ * 		identifier retrieved is a user-provided tag, similar to the
+ * 		one used with the net_cls cgroup (see description for
+ * 		**bpf_get_cgroup_classid**\ () helper), but here this tag is
+ * 		held by a route (a destination entry), not by a task.
+ *
+ * 		Retrieving this identifier works with the clsact TC egress hook
+ * 		(see also **tc-bpf(8)**), or alternatively on conventional
+ * 		classful egress qdiscs, but not on TC ingress path. In case of
+ * 		clsact TC egress hook, this has the advantage that, internally,
+ * 		the destination entry has not been dropped yet in the transmit
+ * 		path. Therefore, the destination entry does not need to be
+ * 		artificially held via **netif_keep_dst**\ () for a classful
+ * 		qdisc until the *skb* is freed.
+ *
+ * 		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
+ * 		**CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_CLASSID** configuration option.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The realm of the route for the packet associated to *skb*, or 0
+ * 		if none was found.
+ *
+ * int bpf_perf_event_output(struct pt_reg *ctx, struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags, void *data, u64 size)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Write raw *data* blob into a special BPF perf event held by
+ * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY**. This perf
+ * 		event must have the following attributes: **PERF_SAMPLE_RAW**
+ * 		as **sample_type**, **PERF_TYPE_SOFTWARE** as **type**, and
+ * 		**PERF_COUNT_SW_BPF_OUTPUT** as **config**.
+ *
+ * 		The *flags* are used to indicate the index in *map* for which
+ * 		the value must be put, masked with **BPF_F_INDEX_MASK**.
+ * 		Alternatively, *flags* can be set to **BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU**
+ * 		to indicate that the index of the current CPU core should be
+ * 		used.
+ *
+ * 		The value to write, of *size*, is passed through eBPF stack and
+ * 		pointed by *data*.
+ *
+ * 		The context of the program *ctx* needs also be passed to the
+ * 		helper.
+ *
+ * 		On user space, a program willing to read the values needs to
+ * 		call **perf_event_open**\ () on the perf event (either for
+ * 		one or for all CPUs) and to store the file descriptor into the
+ * 		*map*. This must be done before the eBPF program can send data
+ * 		into it. An example is available in file
+ * 		*samples/bpf/trace_output_user.c* in the Linux kernel source
+ * 		tree (the eBPF program counterpart is in
+ * 		*samples/bpf/trace_output_kern.c*).
+ *
+ * 		**bpf_perf_event_output**\ () achieves better performance
+ * 		than **bpf_trace_printk**\ () for sharing data with user
+ * 		space, and is much better suitable for streaming data from eBPF
+ * 		programs.
+ *
+ * 		Note that this helper is not restricted to tracing use cases
+ * 		and can be used with programs attached to TC or XDP as well,
+ * 		where it allows for passing data to user space listeners. Data
+ * 		can be:
+ *
+ * 		* Only custom structs,
+ * 		* Only the packet payload, or
+ * 		* A combination of both.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_load_bytes(const struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, void *to, u32 len)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		This helper was provided as an easy way to load data from a
+ * 		packet. It can be used to load *len* bytes from *offset* from
+ * 		the packet associated to *skb*, into the buffer pointed by
+ * 		*to*.
+ *
+ * 		Since Linux 4.7, usage of this helper has mostly been replaced
+ * 		by "direct packet access", enabling packet data to be
+ * 		manipulated with *skb*\ **->data** and *skb*\ **->data_end**
+ * 		pointing respectively to the first byte of packet data and to
+ * 		the byte after the last byte of packet data. However, it
+ * 		remains useful if one wishes to read large quantities of data
+ * 		at once from a packet into the eBPF stack.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_get_stackid(struct pt_reg *ctx, struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Walk a user or a kernel stack and return its id. To achieve
+ * 		this, the helper needs *ctx*, which is a pointer to the context
+ * 		on which the tracing program is executed, and a pointer to a
+ * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK_TRACE**.
+ *
+ * 		The last argument, *flags*, holds the number of stack frames to
+ * 		skip (from 0 to 255), masked with
+ * 		**BPF_F_SKIP_FIELD_MASK**. The next bits can be used to set
+ * 		a combination of the following flags:
+ *
+ * 		**BPF_F_USER_STACK**
+ * 			Collect a user space stack instead of a kernel stack.
+ * 		**BPF_F_FAST_STACK_CMP**
+ * 			Compare stacks by hash only.
+ * 		**BPF_F_REUSE_STACKID**
+ * 			If two different stacks hash into the same *stackid*,
+ * 			discard the old one.
+ *
+ * 		The stack id retrieved is a 32 bit long integer handle which
+ * 		can be further combined with other data (including other stack
+ * 		ids) and used as a key into maps. This can be useful for
+ * 		generating a variety of graphs (such as flame graphs or off-cpu
+ * 		graphs).
+ *
+ * 		For walking a stack, this helper is an improvement over
+ * 		**bpf_probe_read**\ (), which can be used with unrolled loops
+ * 		but is not efficient and consumes a lot of eBPF instructions.
+ * 		Instead, **bpf_get_stackid**\ () can collect up to
+ * 		**PERF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH** both kernel and user frames. Note that
+ * 		this limit can be controlled with the **sysctl** program, and
+ * 		that it should be manually increased in order to profile long
+ * 		user stacks (such as stacks for Java programs). To do so, use:
+ *
+ * 		::
+ *
+ * 			# sysctl kernel.perf_event_max_stack=<new value>
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The positive or null stack id on success, or a negative error
+ * 		in case of failure.
+ *
+ * s64 bpf_csum_diff(__be32 *from, u32 from_size, __be32 *to, u32 to_size, __wsum seed)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Compute a checksum difference, from the raw buffer pointed by
+ * 		*from*, of length *from_size* (that must be a multiple of 4),
+ * 		towards the raw buffer pointed by *to*, of size *to_size*
+ * 		(same remark). An optional *seed* can be added to the value
+ * 		(this can be cascaded, the seed may come from a previous call
+ * 		to the helper).
+ *
+ * 		This is flexible enough to be used in several ways:
+ *
+ * 		* With *from_size* == 0, *to_size* > 0 and *seed* set to
+ * 		  checksum, it can be used when pushing new data.
+ * 		* With *from_size* > 0, *to_size* == 0 and *seed* set to
+ * 		  checksum, it can be used when removing data from a packet.
+ * 		* With *from_size* > 0, *to_size* > 0 and *seed* set to 0, it
+ * 		  can be used to compute a diff. Note that *from_size* and
+ * 		  *to_size* do not need to be equal.
+ *
+ * 		This helper can be used in combination with
+ * 		**bpf_l3_csum_replace**\ () and **bpf_l4_csum_replace**\ (), to
+ * 		which one can feed in the difference computed with
+ * 		**bpf_csum_diff**\ ().
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The checksum result, or a negative error code in case of
+ * 		failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_get_tunnel_opt(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *opt, u32 size)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Retrieve tunnel options metadata for the packet associated to
+ * 		*skb*, and store the raw tunnel option data to the buffer *opt*
+ * 		of *size*.
+ *
+ * 		This helper can be used with encapsulation devices that can
+ * 		operate in "collect metadata" mode (please refer to the related
+ * 		note in the description of **bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key**\ () for
+ * 		more details). A particular example where this can be used is
+ * 		in combination with the Geneve encapsulation protocol, where it
+ * 		allows for pushing (with **bpf_skb_get_tunnel_opt**\ () helper)
+ * 		and retrieving arbitrary TLVs (Type-Length-Value headers) from
+ * 		the eBPF program. This allows for full customization of these
+ * 		headers.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The size of the option data retrieved.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_set_tunnel_opt(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *opt, u32 size)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Set tunnel options metadata for the packet associated to *skb*
+ * 		to the option data contained in the raw buffer *opt* of *size*.
+ *
+ * 		See also the description of the **bpf_skb_get_tunnel_opt**\ ()
+ * 		helper for additional information.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_change_proto(struct sk_buff *skb, __be16 proto, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Change the protocol of the *skb* to *proto*. Currently
+ * 		supported are transition from IPv4 to IPv6, and from IPv6 to
+ * 		IPv4. The helper takes care of the groundwork for the
+ * 		transition, including resizing the socket buffer. The eBPF
+ * 		program is expected to fill the new headers, if any, via
+ * 		**skb_store_bytes**\ () and to recompute the checksums with
+ * 		**bpf_l3_csum_replace**\ () and **bpf_l4_csum_replace**\
+ * 		(). The main case for this helper is to perform NAT64
+ * 		operations out of an eBPF program.
+ *
+ * 		Internally, the GSO type is marked as dodgy so that headers are
+ * 		checked and segments are recalculated by the GSO/GRO engine.
+ * 		The size for GSO target is adapted as well.
+ *
+ * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ * 		be left at zero.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_change_type(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 type)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Change the packet type for the packet associated to *skb*. This
+ * 		comes down to setting *skb*\ **->pkt_type** to *type*, except
+ * 		the eBPF program does not have a write access to *skb*\
+ * 		**->pkt_type** beside this helper. Using a helper here allows
+ * 		for graceful handling of errors.
+ *
+ * 		The major use case is to change incoming *skb*s to
+ * 		**PACKET_HOST** in a programmatic way instead of having to
+ * 		recirculate via **redirect**\ (..., **BPF_F_INGRESS**), for
+ * 		example.
+ *
+ * 		Note that *type* only allows certain values. At this time, they
+ * 		are:
+ *
+ * 		**PACKET_HOST**
+ * 			Packet is for us.
+ * 		**PACKET_BROADCAST**
+ * 			Send packet to all.
+ * 		**PACKET_MULTICAST**
+ * 			Send packet to group.
+ * 		**PACKET_OTHERHOST**
+ * 			Send packet to someone else.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_under_cgroup(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_map *map, u32 index)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Check whether *skb* is a descendant of the cgroup2 held by
+ * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY**, at *index*.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The return value depends on the result of the test, and can be:
+ *
+ * 		* 0, if the *skb* failed the cgroup2 descendant test.
+ * 		* 1, if the *skb* succeeded the cgroup2 descendant test.
+ * 		* A negative error code, if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * u32 bpf_get_hash_recalc(struct sk_buff *skb)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Retrieve the hash of the packet, *skb*\ **->hash**. If it is
+ * 		not set, in particular if the hash was cleared due to mangling,
+ * 		recompute this hash. Later accesses to the hash can be done
+ * 		directly with *skb*\ **->hash**.
+ *
+ * 		Calling **bpf_set_hash_invalid**\ (), changing a packet
+ * 		prototype with **bpf_skb_change_proto**\ (), or calling
+ * 		**bpf_skb_store_bytes**\ () with the
+ * 		**BPF_F_INVALIDATE_HASH** are actions susceptible to clear
+ * 		the hash and to trigger a new computation for the next call to
+ * 		**bpf_get_hash_recalc**\ ().
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The 32-bit hash.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_get_current_task(void)
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A pointer to the current task struct.
+ *
+ * int bpf_probe_write_user(void *dst, const void *src, u32 len)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Attempt in a safe way to write *len* bytes from the buffer
+ * 		*src* to *dst* in memory. It only works for threads that are in
+ * 		user context, and *dst* must be a valid user space address.
+ *
+ * 		This helper should not be used to implement any kind of
+ * 		security mechanism because of TOC-TOU attacks, but rather to
+ * 		debug, divert, and manipulate execution of semi-cooperative
+ * 		processes.
+ *
+ * 		Keep in mind that this feature is meant for experiments, and it
+ * 		has a risk of crashing the system and running programs.
+ * 		Therefore, when an eBPF program using this helper is attached,
+ * 		a warning including PID and process name is printed to kernel
+ * 		logs.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_current_task_under_cgroup(struct bpf_map *map, u32 index)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Check whether the probe is being run is the context of a given
+ * 		subset of the cgroup2 hierarchy. The cgroup2 to test is held by
+ * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY**, at *index*.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The return value depends on the result of the test, and can be:
+ *
+ * 		* 0, if the *skb* task belongs to the cgroup2.
+ * 		* 1, if the *skb* task does not belong to the cgroup2.
+ * 		* A negative error code, if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_change_tail(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 len, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Resize (trim or grow) the packet associated to *skb* to the
+ * 		new *len*. The *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ * 		be left at zero.
+ *
+ * 		The basic idea is that the helper performs the needed work to
+ * 		change the size of the packet, then the eBPF program rewrites
+ * 		the rest via helpers like **bpf_skb_store_bytes**\ (),
+ * 		**bpf_l3_csum_replace**\ (), **bpf_l3_csum_replace**\ ()
+ * 		and others. This helper is a slow path utility intended for
+ * 		replies with control messages. And because it is targeted for
+ * 		slow path, the helper itself can afford to be slow: it
+ * 		implicitly linearizes, unclones and drops offloads from the
+ * 		*skb*.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_pull_data(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 len)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Pull in non-linear data in case the *skb* is non-linear and not
+ * 		all of *len* are part of the linear section. Make *len* bytes
+ * 		from *skb* readable and writable. If a zero value is passed for
+ * 		*len*, then the whole length of the *skb* is pulled.
+ *
+ * 		This helper is only needed for reading and writing with direct
+ * 		packet access.
+ *
+ * 		For direct packet access, testing that offsets to access
+ * 		are within packet boundaries (test on *skb*\ **->data_end**) is
+ * 		susceptible to fail if offsets are invalid, or if the requested
+ * 		data is in non-linear parts of the *skb*. On failure the
+ * 		program can just bail out, or in the case of a non-linear
+ * 		buffer, use a helper to make the data available. The
+ * 		**bpf_skb_load_bytes**\ () helper is a first solution to access
+ * 		the data. Another one consists in using **bpf_skb_pull_data**
+ * 		to pull in once the non-linear parts, then retesting and
+ * 		eventually access the data.
+ *
+ * 		At the same time, this also makes sure the *skb* is uncloned,
+ * 		which is a necessary condition for direct write. As this needs
+ * 		to be an invariant for the write part only, the verifier
+ * 		detects writes and adds a prologue that is calling
+ * 		**bpf_skb_pull_data()** to effectively unclone the *skb* from
+ * 		the very beginning in case it is indeed cloned.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * s64 bpf_csum_update(struct sk_buff *skb, __wsum csum)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Add the checksum *csum* into *skb*\ **->csum** in case the
+ * 		driver has supplied a checksum for the entire packet into that
+ * 		field. Return an error otherwise. This helper is intended to be
+ * 		used in combination with **bpf_csum_diff**\ (), in particular
+ * 		when the checksum needs to be updated after data has been
+ * 		written into the packet through direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The checksum on success, or a negative error code in case of
+ * 		failure.
+ *
+ * void bpf_set_hash_invalid(struct sk_buff *skb)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Invalidate the current *skb*\ **->hash**. It can be used after
+ * 		mangling on headers through direct packet access, in order to
+ * 		indicate that the hash is outdated and to trigger a
+ * 		recalculation the next time the kernel tries to access this
+ * 		hash or when the **bpf_get_hash_recalc**\ () helper is called.
+ *
+ * int bpf_get_numa_node_id(void)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Return the id of the current NUMA node. The primary use case
+ * 		for this helper is the selection of sockets for the local NUMA
+ * 		node, when the program is attached to sockets using the
+ * 		**SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_EBPF** option (see also **socket(7)**),
+ * 		but the helper is also available to other eBPF program types,
+ * 		similarly to **bpf_get_smp_processor_id**\ ().
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The id of current NUMA node.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_change_head(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 len, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Grows headroom of packet associated to *skb* and adjusts the
+ * 		offset of the MAC header accordingly, adding *len* bytes of
+ * 		space. It automatically extends and reallocates memory as
+ * 		required.
+ *
+ * 		This helper can be used on a layer 3 *skb* to push a MAC header
+ * 		for redirection into a layer 2 device.
+ *
+ * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ * 		be left at zero.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_xdp_adjust_head(struct xdp_buff *xdp_md, int delta)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Adjust (move) *xdp_md*\ **->data** by *delta* bytes. Note that
+ * 		it is possible to use a negative value for *delta*. This helper
+ * 		can be used to prepare the packet for pushing or popping
+ * 		headers.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_probe_read_str(void *dst, int size, const void *unsafe_ptr)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Copy a NUL terminated string from an unsafe address
+ * 		*unsafe_ptr* to *dst*. The *size* should include the
+ * 		terminating NUL byte. In case the string length is smaller than
+ * 		*size*, the target is not padded with further NUL bytes. If the
+ * 		string length is larger than *size*, just *size*-1 bytes are
+ * 		copied and the last byte is set to NUL.
+ *
+ * 		On success, the length of the copied string is returned. This
+ * 		makes this helper useful in tracing programs for reading
+ * 		strings, and more importantly to get its length at runtime. See
+ * 		the following snippet:
+ *
+ * 		::
+ *
+ * 			SEC("kprobe/sys_open")
+ * 			void bpf_sys_open(struct pt_regs *ctx)
+ * 			{
+ * 			        char buf[PATHLEN]; // PATHLEN is defined to 256
+ * 			        int res = bpf_probe_read_str(buf, sizeof(buf),
+ * 				                             ctx->di);
+ *
+ * 				// Consume buf, for example push it to
+ * 				// userspace via bpf_perf_event_output(); we
+ * 				// can use res (the string length) as event
+ * 				// size, after checking its boundaries.
+ * 			}
+ *
+ * 		In comparison, using **bpf_probe_read()** helper here instead
+ * 		to read the string would require to estimate the length at
+ * 		compile time, and would often result in copying more memory
+ * 		than necessary.
+ *
+ * 		Another useful use case is when parsing individual process
+ * 		arguments or individual environment variables navigating
+ * 		*current*\ **->mm->arg_start** and *current*\
+ * 		**->mm->env_start**: using this helper and the return value,
+ * 		one can quickly iterate at the right offset of the memory area.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		On success, the strictly positive length of the string,
+ * 		including the trailing NUL character. On error, a negative
+ * 		value.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_get_socket_cookie(struct sk_buff *skb)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		If the **struct sk_buff** pointed by *skb* has a known socket,
+ * 		retrieve the cookie (generated by the kernel) of this socket.
+ * 		If no cookie has been set yet, generate a new cookie. Once
+ * 		generated, the socket cookie remains stable for the life of the
+ * 		socket. This helper can be useful for monitoring per socket
+ * 		networking traffic statistics as it provides a unique socket
+ * 		identifier per namespace.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A 8-byte long non-decreasing number on success, or 0 if the
+ * 		socket field is missing inside *skb*.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_get_socket_cookie(struct bpf_sock_addr *ctx)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Equivalent to bpf_get_socket_cookie() helper that accepts
+ * 		*skb*, but gets socket from **struct bpf_sock_addr** contex.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A 8-byte long non-decreasing number.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_get_socket_cookie(struct bpf_sock_ops *ctx)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Equivalent to bpf_get_socket_cookie() helper that accepts
+ * 		*skb*, but gets socket from **struct bpf_sock_ops** contex.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A 8-byte long non-decreasing number.
+ *
+ * u32 bpf_get_socket_uid(struct sk_buff *skb)
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The owner UID of the socket associated to *skb*. If the socket
+ * 		is **NULL**, or if it is not a full socket (i.e. if it is a
+ * 		time-wait or a request socket instead), **overflowuid** value
+ * 		is returned (note that **overflowuid** might also be the actual
+ * 		UID value for the socket).
+ *
+ * u32 bpf_set_hash(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 hash)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Set the full hash for *skb* (set the field *skb*\ **->hash**)
+ * 		to value *hash*.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0
+ *
+ * int bpf_setsockopt(struct bpf_sock_ops *bpf_socket, int level, int optname, char *optval, int optlen)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Emulate a call to **setsockopt()** on the socket associated to
+ * 		*bpf_socket*, which must be a full socket. The *level* at
+ * 		which the option resides and the name *optname* of the option
+ * 		must be specified, see **setsockopt(2)** for more information.
+ * 		The option value of length *optlen* is pointed by *optval*.
+ *
+ * 		This helper actually implements a subset of **setsockopt()**.
+ * 		It supports the following *level*\ s:
+ *
+ * 		* **SOL_SOCKET**, which supports the following *optname*\ s:
+ * 		  **SO_RCVBUF**, **SO_SNDBUF**, **SO_MAX_PACING_RATE**,
+ * 		  **SO_PRIORITY**, **SO_RCVLOWAT**, **SO_MARK**.
+ * 		* **IPPROTO_TCP**, which supports the following *optname*\ s:
+ * 		  **TCP_CONGESTION**, **TCP_BPF_IW**,
+ * 		  **TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP**.
+ * 		* **IPPROTO_IP**, which supports *optname* **IP_TOS**.
+ * 		* **IPPROTO_IPV6**, which supports *optname* **IPV6_TCLASS**.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_adjust_room(struct sk_buff *skb, s32 len_diff, u32 mode, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Grow or shrink the room for data in the packet associated to
+ * 		*skb* by *len_diff*, and according to the selected *mode*.
+ *
+ * 		There is a single supported mode at this time:
+ *
+ * 		* **BPF_ADJ_ROOM_NET**: Adjust room at the network layer
+ * 		  (room space is added or removed below the layer 3 header).
+ *
+ * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ * 		be left at zero.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_redirect_map(struct bpf_map *map, u32 key, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Redirect the packet to the endpoint referenced by *map* at
+ * 		index *key*. Depending on its type, this *map* can contain
+ * 		references to net devices (for forwarding packets through other
+ * 		ports), or to CPUs (for redirecting XDP frames to another CPU;
+ * 		but this is only implemented for native XDP (with driver
+ * 		support) as of this writing).
+ *
+ * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ * 		be left at zero.
+ *
+ * 		When used to redirect packets to net devices, this helper
+ * 		provides a high performance increase over **bpf_redirect**\ ().
+ * 		This is due to various implementation details of the underlying
+ * 		mechanisms, one of which is the fact that **bpf_redirect_map**\
+ * 		() tries to send packet as a "bulk" to the device.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		**XDP_REDIRECT** on success, or **XDP_ABORTED** on error.
+ *
+ * int bpf_sk_redirect_map(struct bpf_map *map, u32 key, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Redirect the packet to the socket referenced by *map* (of type
+ * 		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKMAP**) at index *key*. Both ingress and
+ * 		egress interfaces can be used for redirection. The
+ * 		**BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used to make the
+ * 		distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag is present,
+ * 		egress path otherwise). This is the only flag supported for now.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		**SK_PASS** on success, or **SK_DROP** on error.
+ *
+ * int bpf_sock_map_update(struct bpf_sock_ops *skops, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Add an entry to, or update a *map* referencing sockets. The
+ * 		*skops* is used as a new value for the entry associated to
+ * 		*key*. *flags* is one of:
+ *
+ * 		**BPF_NOEXIST**
+ * 			The entry for *key* must not exist in the map.
+ * 		**BPF_EXIST**
+ * 			The entry for *key* must already exist in the map.
+ * 		**BPF_ANY**
+ * 			No condition on the existence of the entry for *key*.
+ *
+ * 		If the *map* has eBPF programs (parser and verdict), those will
+ * 		be inherited by the socket being added. If the socket is
+ * 		already attached to eBPF programs, this results in an error.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_xdp_adjust_meta(struct xdp_buff *xdp_md, int delta)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Adjust the address pointed by *xdp_md*\ **->data_meta** by
+ * 		*delta* (which can be positive or negative). Note that this
+ * 		operation modifies the address stored in *xdp_md*\ **->data**,
+ * 		so the latter must be loaded only after the helper has been
+ * 		called.
+ *
+ * 		The use of *xdp_md*\ **->data_meta** is optional and programs
+ * 		are not required to use it. The rationale is that when the
+ * 		packet is processed with XDP (e.g. as DoS filter), it is
+ * 		possible to push further meta data along with it before passing
+ * 		to the stack, and to give the guarantee that an ingress eBPF
+ * 		program attached as a TC classifier on the same device can pick
+ * 		this up for further post-processing. Since TC works with socket
+ * 		buffers, it remains possible to set from XDP the **mark** or
+ * 		**priority** pointers, or other pointers for the socket buffer.
+ * 		Having this scratch space generic and programmable allows for
+ * 		more flexibility as the user is free to store whatever meta
+ * 		data they need.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_perf_event_read_value(struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags, struct bpf_perf_event_value *buf, u32 buf_size)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Read the value of a perf event counter, and store it into *buf*
+ * 		of size *buf_size*. This helper relies on a *map* of type
+ * 		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY**. The nature of the perf event
+ * 		counter is selected when *map* is updated with perf event file
+ * 		descriptors. The *map* is an array whose size is the number of
+ * 		available CPUs, and each cell contains a value relative to one
+ * 		CPU. The value to retrieve is indicated by *flags*, that
+ * 		contains the index of the CPU to look up, masked with
+ * 		**BPF_F_INDEX_MASK**. Alternatively, *flags* can be set to
+ * 		**BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU** to indicate that the value for the
+ * 		current CPU should be retrieved.
+ *
+ * 		This helper behaves in a way close to
+ * 		**bpf_perf_event_read**\ () helper, save that instead of
+ * 		just returning the value observed, it fills the *buf*
+ * 		structure. This allows for additional data to be retrieved: in
+ * 		particular, the enabled and running times (in *buf*\
+ * 		**->enabled** and *buf*\ **->running**, respectively) are
+ * 		copied. In general, **bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ () is
+ * 		recommended over **bpf_perf_event_read**\ (), which has some
+ * 		ABI issues and provides fewer functionalities.
+ *
+ * 		These values are interesting, because hardware PMU (Performance
+ * 		Monitoring Unit) counters are limited resources. When there are
+ * 		more PMU based perf events opened than available counters,
+ * 		kernel will multiplex these events so each event gets certain
+ * 		percentage (but not all) of the PMU time. In case that
+ * 		multiplexing happens, the number of samples or counter value
+ * 		will not reflect the case compared to when no multiplexing
+ * 		occurs. This makes comparison between different runs difficult.
+ * 		Typically, the counter value should be normalized before
+ * 		comparing to other experiments. The usual normalization is done
+ * 		as follows.
+ *
+ * 		::
+ *
+ * 			normalized_counter = counter * t_enabled / t_running
+ *
+ * 		Where t_enabled is the time enabled for event and t_running is
+ * 		the time running for event since last normalization. The
+ * 		enabled and running times are accumulated since the perf event
+ * 		open. To achieve scaling factor between two invocations of an
+ * 		eBPF program, users can can use CPU id as the key (which is
+ * 		typical for perf array usage model) to remember the previous
+ * 		value and do the calculation inside the eBPF program.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_perf_prog_read_value(struct bpf_perf_event_data *ctx, struct bpf_perf_event_value *buf, u32 buf_size)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		For en eBPF program attached to a perf event, retrieve the
+ * 		value of the event counter associated to *ctx* and store it in
+ * 		the structure pointed by *buf* and of size *buf_size*. Enabled
+ * 		and running times are also stored in the structure (see
+ * 		description of helper **bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ () for
+ * 		more details).
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_getsockopt(struct bpf_sock_ops *bpf_socket, int level, int optname, char *optval, int optlen)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Emulate a call to **getsockopt()** on the socket associated to
+ * 		*bpf_socket*, which must be a full socket. The *level* at
+ * 		which the option resides and the name *optname* of the option
+ * 		must be specified, see **getsockopt(2)** for more information.
+ * 		The retrieved value is stored in the structure pointed by
+ * 		*opval* and of length *optlen*.
+ *
+ * 		This helper actually implements a subset of **getsockopt()**.
+ * 		It supports the following *level*\ s:
+ *
+ * 		* **IPPROTO_TCP**, which supports *optname*
+ * 		  **TCP_CONGESTION**.
+ * 		* **IPPROTO_IP**, which supports *optname* **IP_TOS**.
+ * 		* **IPPROTO_IPV6**, which supports *optname* **IPV6_TCLASS**.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_override_return(struct pt_reg *regs, u64 rc)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Used for error injection, this helper uses kprobes to override
+ * 		the return value of the probed function, and to set it to *rc*.
+ * 		The first argument is the context *regs* on which the kprobe
+ * 		works.
+ *
+ * 		This helper works by setting setting the PC (program counter)
+ * 		to an override function which is run in place of the original
+ * 		probed function. This means the probed function is not run at
+ * 		all. The replacement function just returns with the required
+ * 		value.
+ *
+ * 		This helper has security implications, and thus is subject to
+ * 		restrictions. It is only available if the kernel was compiled
+ * 		with the **CONFIG_BPF_KPROBE_OVERRIDE** configuration
+ * 		option, and in this case it only works on functions tagged with
+ * 		**ALLOW_ERROR_INJECTION** in the kernel code.
+ *
+ * 		Also, the helper is only available for the architectures having
+ * 		the CONFIG_FUNCTION_ERROR_INJECTION option. As of this writing,
+ * 		x86 architecture is the only one to support this feature.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0
+ *
+ * int bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags_set(struct bpf_sock_ops *bpf_sock, int argval)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Attempt to set the value of the **bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags** field
+ * 		for the full TCP socket associated to *bpf_sock_ops* to
+ * 		*argval*.
+ *
+ * 		The primary use of this field is to determine if there should
+ * 		be calls to eBPF programs of type
+ * 		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS** at various points in the TCP
+ * 		code. A program of the same type can change its value, per
+ * 		connection and as necessary, when the connection is
+ * 		established. This field is directly accessible for reading, but
+ * 		this helper must be used for updates in order to return an
+ * 		error if an eBPF program tries to set a callback that is not
+ * 		supported in the current kernel.
+ *
+ * 		The supported callback values that *argval* can combine are:
+ *
+ * 		* **BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTO_CB_FLAG** (retransmission time out)
+ * 		* **BPF_SOCK_OPS_RETRANS_CB_FLAG** (retransmission)
+ * 		* **BPF_SOCK_OPS_STATE_CB_FLAG** (TCP state change)
+ *
+ * 		Here are some examples of where one could call such eBPF
+ * 		program:
+ *
+ * 		* When RTO fires.
+ * 		* When a packet is retransmitted.
+ * 		* When the connection terminates.
+ * 		* When a packet is sent.
+ * 		* When a packet is received.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		Code **-EINVAL** if the socket is not a full TCP socket;
+ * 		otherwise, a positive number containing the bits that could not
+ * 		be set is returned (which comes down to 0 if all bits were set
+ * 		as required).
+ *
+ * int bpf_msg_redirect_map(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, struct bpf_map *map, u32 key, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		This helper is used in programs implementing policies at the
+ * 		socket level. If the message *msg* is allowed to pass (i.e. if
+ * 		the verdict eBPF program returns **SK_PASS**), redirect it to
+ * 		the socket referenced by *map* (of type
+ * 		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKMAP**) at index *key*. Both ingress and
+ * 		egress interfaces can be used for redirection. The
+ * 		**BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used to make the
+ * 		distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag is present,
+ * 		egress path otherwise). This is the only flag supported for now.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		**SK_PASS** on success, or **SK_DROP** on error.
+ *
+ * int bpf_msg_apply_bytes(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 bytes)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		For socket policies, apply the verdict of the eBPF program to
+ * 		the next *bytes* (number of bytes) of message *msg*.
+ *
+ * 		For example, this helper can be used in the following cases:
+ *
+ * 		* A single **sendmsg**\ () or **sendfile**\ () system call
+ * 		  contains multiple logical messages that the eBPF program is
+ * 		  supposed to read and for which it should apply a verdict.
+ * 		* An eBPF program only cares to read the first *bytes* of a
+ * 		  *msg*. If the message has a large payload, then setting up
+ * 		  and calling the eBPF program repeatedly for all bytes, even
+ * 		  though the verdict is already known, would create unnecessary
+ * 		  overhead.
+ *
+ * 		When called from within an eBPF program, the helper sets a
+ * 		counter internal to the BPF infrastructure, that is used to
+ * 		apply the last verdict to the next *bytes*. If *bytes* is
+ * 		smaller than the current data being processed from a
+ * 		**sendmsg**\ () or **sendfile**\ () system call, the first
+ * 		*bytes* will be sent and the eBPF program will be re-run with
+ * 		the pointer for start of data pointing to byte number *bytes*
+ * 		**+ 1**. If *bytes* is larger than the current data being
+ * 		processed, then the eBPF verdict will be applied to multiple
+ * 		**sendmsg**\ () or **sendfile**\ () calls until *bytes* are
+ * 		consumed.
+ *
+ * 		Note that if a socket closes with the internal counter holding
+ * 		a non-zero value, this is not a problem because data is not
+ * 		being buffered for *bytes* and is sent as it is received.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0
+ *
+ * int bpf_msg_cork_bytes(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 bytes)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		For socket policies, prevent the execution of the verdict eBPF
+ * 		program for message *msg* until *bytes* (byte number) have been
+ * 		accumulated.
+ *
+ * 		This can be used when one needs a specific number of bytes
+ * 		before a verdict can be assigned, even if the data spans
+ * 		multiple **sendmsg**\ () or **sendfile**\ () calls. The extreme
+ * 		case would be a user calling **sendmsg**\ () repeatedly with
+ * 		1-byte long message segments. Obviously, this is bad for
+ * 		performance, but it is still valid. If the eBPF program needs
+ * 		*bytes* bytes to validate a header, this helper can be used to
+ * 		prevent the eBPF program to be called again until *bytes* have
+ * 		been accumulated.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0
+ *
+ * int bpf_msg_pull_data(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 start, u32 end, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		For socket policies, pull in non-linear data from user space
+ * 		for *msg* and set pointers *msg*\ **->data** and *msg*\
+ * 		**->data_end** to *start* and *end* bytes offsets into *msg*,
+ * 		respectively.
+ *
+ * 		If a program of type **BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_MSG** is run on a
+ * 		*msg* it can only parse data that the (**data**, **data_end**)
+ * 		pointers have already consumed. For **sendmsg**\ () hooks this
+ * 		is likely the first scatterlist element. But for calls relying
+ * 		on the **sendpage** handler (e.g. **sendfile**\ ()) this will
+ * 		be the range (**0**, **0**) because the data is shared with
+ * 		user space and by default the objective is to avoid allowing
+ * 		user space to modify data while (or after) eBPF verdict is
+ * 		being decided. This helper can be used to pull in data and to
+ * 		set the start and end pointer to given values. Data will be
+ * 		copied if necessary (i.e. if data was not linear and if start
+ * 		and end pointers do not point to the same chunk).
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ *
+ * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ * 		be left at zero.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_bind(struct bpf_sock_addr *ctx, struct sockaddr *addr, int addr_len)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Bind the socket associated to *ctx* to the address pointed by
+ * 		*addr*, of length *addr_len*. This allows for making outgoing
+ * 		connection from the desired IP address, which can be useful for
+ * 		example when all processes inside a cgroup should use one
+ * 		single IP address on a host that has multiple IP configured.
+ *
+ * 		This helper works for IPv4 and IPv6, TCP and UDP sockets. The
+ * 		domain (*addr*\ **->sa_family**) must be **AF_INET** (or
+ * 		**AF_INET6**). Looking for a free port to bind to can be
+ * 		expensive, therefore binding to port is not permitted by the
+ * 		helper: *addr*\ **->sin_port** (or **sin6_port**, respectively)
+ * 		must be set to zero.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_xdp_adjust_tail(struct xdp_buff *xdp_md, int delta)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Adjust (move) *xdp_md*\ **->data_end** by *delta* bytes. It is
+ * 		only possible to shrink the packet as of this writing,
+ * 		therefore *delta* must be a negative integer.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_get_xfrm_state(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 index, struct bpf_xfrm_state *xfrm_state, u32 size, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Retrieve the XFRM state (IP transform framework, see also
+ * 		**ip-xfrm(8)**) at *index* in XFRM "security path" for *skb*.
+ *
+ * 		The retrieved value is stored in the **struct bpf_xfrm_state**
+ * 		pointed by *xfrm_state* and of length *size*.
+ *
+ * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ * 		be left at zero.
+ *
+ * 		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
+ * 		**CONFIG_XFRM** configuration option.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_get_stack(struct pt_regs *regs, void *buf, u32 size, u64 flags)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Return a user or a kernel stack in bpf program provided buffer.
+ * 		To achieve this, the helper needs *ctx*, which is a pointer
+ * 		to the context on which the tracing program is executed.
+ * 		To store the stacktrace, the bpf program provides *buf* with
+ * 		a nonnegative *size*.
+ *
+ * 		The last argument, *flags*, holds the number of stack frames to
+ * 		skip (from 0 to 255), masked with
+ * 		**BPF_F_SKIP_FIELD_MASK**. The next bits can be used to set
+ * 		the following flags:
+ *
+ * 		**BPF_F_USER_STACK**
+ * 			Collect a user space stack instead of a kernel stack.
+ * 		**BPF_F_USER_BUILD_ID**
+ * 			Collect buildid+offset instead of ips for user stack,
+ * 			only valid if **BPF_F_USER_STACK** is also specified.
+ *
+ * 		**bpf_get_stack**\ () can collect up to
+ * 		**PERF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH** both kernel and user frames, subject
+ * 		to sufficient large buffer size. Note that
+ * 		this limit can be controlled with the **sysctl** program, and
+ * 		that it should be manually increased in order to profile long
+ * 		user stacks (such as stacks for Java programs). To do so, use:
+ *
+ * 		::
+ *
+ * 			# sysctl kernel.perf_event_max_stack=<new value>
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A non-negative value equal to or less than *size* on success,
+ * 		or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_skb_load_bytes_relative(const struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, void *to, u32 len, u32 start_header)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		This helper is similar to **bpf_skb_load_bytes**\ () in that
+ * 		it provides an easy way to load *len* bytes from *offset*
+ * 		from the packet associated to *skb*, into the buffer pointed
+ * 		by *to*. The difference to **bpf_skb_load_bytes**\ () is that
+ * 		a fifth argument *start_header* exists in order to select a
+ * 		base offset to start from. *start_header* can be one of:
+ *
+ * 		**BPF_HDR_START_MAC**
+ * 			Base offset to load data from is *skb*'s mac header.
+ * 		**BPF_HDR_START_NET**
+ * 			Base offset to load data from is *skb*'s network header.
+ *
+ * 		In general, "direct packet access" is the preferred method to
+ * 		access packet data, however, this helper is in particular useful
+ * 		in socket filters where *skb*\ **->data** does not always point
+ * 		to the start of the mac header and where "direct packet access"
+ * 		is not available.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_fib_lookup(void *ctx, struct bpf_fib_lookup *params, int plen, u32 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		Do FIB lookup in kernel tables using parameters in *params*.
+ *		If lookup is successful and result shows packet is to be
+ *		forwarded, the neighbor tables are searched for the nexthop.
+ *		If successful (ie., FIB lookup shows forwarding and nexthop
+ *		is resolved), the nexthop address is returned in ipv4_dst
+ *		or ipv6_dst based on family, smac is set to mac address of
+ *		egress device, dmac is set to nexthop mac address, rt_metric
+ *		is set to metric from route (IPv4/IPv6 only), and ifindex
+ *		is set to the device index of the nexthop from the FIB lookup.
+ *
+ *		*plen* argument is the size of the passed in struct.
+ *		*flags* argument can be a combination of one or more of the
+ *		following values:
+ *
+ *		**BPF_FIB_LOOKUP_DIRECT**
+ *			Do a direct table lookup vs full lookup using FIB
+ *			rules.
+ *		**BPF_FIB_LOOKUP_OUTPUT**
+ *			Perform lookup from an egress perspective (default is
+ *			ingress).
+ *
+ *		*ctx* is either **struct xdp_md** for XDP programs or
+ *		**struct sk_buff** tc cls_act programs.
+ *	Return
+ *		* < 0 if any input argument is invalid
+ *		*   0 on success (packet is forwarded, nexthop neighbor exists)
+ *		* > 0 one of **BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_** codes explaining why the
+ *		  packet is not forwarded or needs assist from full stack
+ *
+ * int bpf_sock_hash_update(struct bpf_sock_ops_kern *skops, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		Add an entry to, or update a sockhash *map* referencing sockets.
+ *		The *skops* is used as a new value for the entry associated to
+ *		*key*. *flags* is one of:
+ *
+ *		**BPF_NOEXIST**
+ *			The entry for *key* must not exist in the map.
+ *		**BPF_EXIST**
+ *			The entry for *key* must already exist in the map.
+ *		**BPF_ANY**
+ *			No condition on the existence of the entry for *key*.
+ *
+ *		If the *map* has eBPF programs (parser and verdict), those will
+ *		be inherited by the socket being added. If the socket is
+ *		already attached to eBPF programs, this results in an error.
+ *	Return
+ *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_msg_redirect_hash(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		This helper is used in programs implementing policies at the
+ *		socket level. If the message *msg* is allowed to pass (i.e. if
+ *		the verdict eBPF program returns **SK_PASS**), redirect it to
+ *		the socket referenced by *map* (of type
+ *		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKHASH**) using hash *key*. Both ingress and
+ *		egress interfaces can be used for redirection. The
+ *		**BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used to make the
+ *		distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag is present,
+ *		egress path otherwise). This is the only flag supported for now.
+ *	Return
+ *		**SK_PASS** on success, or **SK_DROP** on error.
+ *
+ * int bpf_sk_redirect_hash(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		This helper is used in programs implementing policies at the
+ *		skb socket level. If the sk_buff *skb* is allowed to pass (i.e.
+ *		if the verdeict eBPF program returns **SK_PASS**), redirect it
+ *		to the socket referenced by *map* (of type
+ *		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKHASH**) using hash *key*. Both ingress and
+ *		egress interfaces can be used for redirection. The
+ *		**BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used to make the
+ *		distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag is present,
+ *		egress otherwise). This is the only flag supported for now.
+ *	Return
+ *		**SK_PASS** on success, or **SK_DROP** on error.
+ *
+ * int bpf_lwt_push_encap(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 type, void *hdr, u32 len)
+ *	Description
+ *		Encapsulate the packet associated to *skb* within a Layer 3
+ *		protocol header. This header is provided in the buffer at
+ *		address *hdr*, with *len* its size in bytes. *type* indicates
+ *		the protocol of the header and can be one of:
+ *
+ *		**BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6**
+ *			IPv6 encapsulation with Segment Routing Header
+ *			(**struct ipv6_sr_hdr**). *hdr* only contains the SRH,
+ *			the IPv6 header is computed by the kernel.
+ *		**BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6_INLINE**
+ *			Only works if *skb* contains an IPv6 packet. Insert a
+ *			Segment Routing Header (**struct ipv6_sr_hdr**) inside
+ *			the IPv6 header.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ *	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_lwt_seg6_store_bytes(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, const void *from, u32 len)
+ *	Description
+ *		Store *len* bytes from address *from* into the packet
+ *		associated to *skb*, at *offset*. Only the flags, tag and TLVs
+ *		inside the outermost IPv6 Segment Routing Header can be
+ *		modified through this helper.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ *	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_lwt_seg6_adjust_srh(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, s32 delta)
+ *	Description
+ *		Adjust the size allocated to TLVs in the outermost IPv6
+ *		Segment Routing Header contained in the packet associated to
+ *		*skb*, at position *offset* by *delta* bytes. Only offsets
+ *		after the segments are accepted. *delta* can be as well
+ *		positive (growing) as negative (shrinking).
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ *	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_lwt_seg6_action(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 action, void *param, u32 param_len)
+ *	Description
+ *		Apply an IPv6 Segment Routing action of type *action* to the
+ *		packet associated to *skb*. Each action takes a parameter
+ *		contained at address *param*, and of length *param_len* bytes.
+ *		*action* can be one of:
+ *
+ *		**SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_X**
+ *			End.X action: Endpoint with Layer-3 cross-connect.
+ *			Type of *param*: **struct in6_addr**.
+ *		**SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_T**
+ *			End.T action: Endpoint with specific IPv6 table lookup.
+ *			Type of *param*: **int**.
+ *		**SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_B6**
+ *			End.B6 action: Endpoint bound to an SRv6 policy.
+ *			Type of param: **struct ipv6_sr_hdr**.
+ *		**SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_B6_ENCAP**
+ *			End.B6.Encap action: Endpoint bound to an SRv6
+ *			encapsulation policy.
+ *			Type of param: **struct ipv6_sr_hdr**.
+ *
+ * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlaying
+ * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
+ * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
+ * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
+ * 		direct packet access.
+ *	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_rc_keydown(void *ctx, u32 protocol, u64 scancode, u32 toggle)
+ *	Description
+ *		This helper is used in programs implementing IR decoding, to
+ *		report a successfully decoded key press with *scancode*,
+ *		*toggle* value in the given *protocol*. The scancode will be
+ *		translated to a keycode using the rc keymap, and reported as
+ *		an input key down event. After a period a key up event is
+ *		generated. This period can be extended by calling either
+ *		**bpf_rc_keydown**\ () again with the same values, or calling
+ *		**bpf_rc_repeat**\ ().
+ *
+ *		Some protocols include a toggle bit, in case the button	was
+ *		released and pressed again between consecutive scancodes.
+ *
+ *		The *ctx* should point to the lirc sample as passed into
+ *		the program.
+ *
+ *		The *protocol* is the decoded protocol number (see
+ *		**enum rc_proto** for some predefined values).
+ *
+ *		This helper is only available is the kernel was compiled with
+ *		the **CONFIG_BPF_LIRC_MODE2** configuration option set to
+ *		"**y**".
+ *	Return
+ *		0
+ *
+ * int bpf_rc_repeat(void *ctx)
+ *	Description
+ *		This helper is used in programs implementing IR decoding, to
+ *		report a successfully decoded repeat key message. This delays
+ *		the generation of a key up event for previously generated
+ *		key down event.
+ *
+ *		Some IR protocols like NEC have a special IR message for
+ *		repeating last button, for when a button is held down.
+ *
+ *		The *ctx* should point to the lirc sample as passed into
+ *		the program.
+ *
+ *		This helper is only available is the kernel was compiled with
+ *		the **CONFIG_BPF_LIRC_MODE2** configuration option set to
+ *		"**y**".
+ *	Return
+ *		0
+ *
+ * uint64_t bpf_skb_cgroup_id(struct sk_buff *skb)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Return the cgroup v2 id of the socket associated with the *skb*.
+ * 		This is roughly similar to the **bpf_get_cgroup_classid**\ ()
+ * 		helper for cgroup v1 by providing a tag resp. identifier that
+ * 		can be matched on or used for map lookups e.g. to implement
+ * 		policy. The cgroup v2 id of a given path in the hierarchy is
+ * 		exposed in user space through the f_handle API in order to get
+ * 		to the same 64-bit id.
+ *
+ * 		This helper can be used on TC egress path, but not on ingress,
+ * 		and is available only if the kernel was compiled with the
+ * 		**CONFIG_SOCK_CGROUP_DATA** configuration option.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		The id is returned or 0 in case the id could not be retrieved.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_skb_ancestor_cgroup_id(struct sk_buff *skb, int ancestor_level)
+ *	Description
+ *		Return id of cgroup v2 that is ancestor of cgroup associated
+ *		with the *skb* at the *ancestor_level*.  The root cgroup is at
+ *		*ancestor_level* zero and each step down the hierarchy
+ *		increments the level. If *ancestor_level* == level of cgroup
+ *		associated with *skb*, then return value will be same as that
+ *		of **bpf_skb_cgroup_id**\ ().
+ *
+ *		The helper is useful to implement policies based on cgroups
+ *		that are upper in hierarchy than immediate cgroup associated
+ *		with *skb*.
+ *
+ *		The format of returned id and helper limitations are same as in
+ *		**bpf_skb_cgroup_id**\ ().
+ *	Return
+ *		The id is returned or 0 in case the id could not be retrieved.
+ *
+ * u64 bpf_get_current_cgroup_id(void)
+ * 	Return
+ * 		A 64-bit integer containing the current cgroup id based
+ * 		on the cgroup within which the current task is running.
+ *
+ * void* get_local_storage(void *map, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		Get the pointer to the local storage area.
+ *		The type and the size of the local storage is defined
+ *		by the *map* argument.
+ *		The *flags* meaning is specific for each map type,
+ *		and has to be 0 for cgroup local storage.
+ *
+ *		Depending on the BPF program type, a local storage area
+ *		can be shared between multiple instances of the BPF program,
+ *		running simultaneously.
+ *
+ *		A user should care about the synchronization by himself.
+ *		For example, by using the **BPF_STX_XADD** instruction to alter
+ *		the shared data.
+ *	Return
+ *		A pointer to the local storage area.
+ *
+ * int bpf_sk_select_reuseport(struct sk_reuseport_md *reuse, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		Select a **SO_REUSEPORT** socket from a
+ *		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY** *map*.
+ *		It checks the selected socket is matching the incoming
+ *		request in the socket buffer.
+ *	Return
+ *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * struct bpf_sock *bpf_sk_lookup_tcp(void *ctx, struct bpf_sock_tuple *tuple, u32 tuple_size, u64 netns, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		Look for TCP socket matching *tuple*, optionally in a child
+ *		network namespace *netns*. The return value must be checked,
+ *		and if non-**NULL**, released via **bpf_sk_release**\ ().
+ *
+ *		The *ctx* should point to the context of the program, such as
+ *		the skb or socket (depending on the hook in use). This is used
+ *		to determine the base network namespace for the lookup.
+ *
+ *		*tuple_size* must be one of:
+ *
+ *		**sizeof**\ (*tuple*\ **->ipv4**)
+ *			Look for an IPv4 socket.
+ *		**sizeof**\ (*tuple*\ **->ipv6**)
+ *			Look for an IPv6 socket.
+ *
+ *		If the *netns* is a negative signed 32-bit integer, then the
+ *		socket lookup table in the netns associated with the *ctx* will
+ *		will be used. For the TC hooks, this is the netns of the device
+ *		in the skb. For socket hooks, this is the netns of the socket.
+ *		If *netns* is any other signed 32-bit value greater than or
+ *		equal to zero then it specifies the ID of the netns relative to
+ *		the netns associated with the *ctx*. *netns* values beyond the
+ *		range of 32-bit integers are reserved for future use.
+ *
+ *		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ *		be left at zero.
+ *
+ *		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
+ *		**CONFIG_NET** configuration option.
+ *	Return
+ *		Pointer to **struct bpf_sock**, or **NULL** in case of failure.
+ *		For sockets with reuseport option, the **struct bpf_sock**
+ *		result is from **reuse->socks**\ [] using the hash of the tuple.
+ *
+ * struct bpf_sock *bpf_sk_lookup_udp(void *ctx, struct bpf_sock_tuple *tuple, u32 tuple_size, u64 netns, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		Look for UDP socket matching *tuple*, optionally in a child
+ *		network namespace *netns*. The return value must be checked,
+ *		and if non-**NULL**, released via **bpf_sk_release**\ ().
+ *
+ *		The *ctx* should point to the context of the program, such as
+ *		the skb or socket (depending on the hook in use). This is used
+ *		to determine the base network namespace for the lookup.
+ *
+ *		*tuple_size* must be one of:
+ *
+ *		**sizeof**\ (*tuple*\ **->ipv4**)
+ *			Look for an IPv4 socket.
+ *		**sizeof**\ (*tuple*\ **->ipv6**)
+ *			Look for an IPv6 socket.
+ *
+ *		If the *netns* is a negative signed 32-bit integer, then the
+ *		socket lookup table in the netns associated with the *ctx* will
+ *		will be used. For the TC hooks, this is the netns of the device
+ *		in the skb. For socket hooks, this is the netns of the socket.
+ *		If *netns* is any other signed 32-bit value greater than or
+ *		equal to zero then it specifies the ID of the netns relative to
+ *		the netns associated with the *ctx*. *netns* values beyond the
+ *		range of 32-bit integers are reserved for future use.
+ *
+ *		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
+ *		be left at zero.
+ *
+ *		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
+ *		**CONFIG_NET** configuration option.
+ *	Return
+ *		Pointer to **struct bpf_sock**, or **NULL** in case of failure.
+ *		For sockets with reuseport option, the **struct bpf_sock**
+ *		result is from **reuse->socks**\ [] using the hash of the tuple.
+ *
+ * int bpf_sk_release(struct bpf_sock *sock)
+ *	Description
+ *		Release the reference held by *sock*. *sock* must be a
+ *		non-**NULL** pointer that was returned from
+ *		**bpf_sk_lookup_xxx**\ ().
+ *	Return
+ *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_map_pop_elem(struct bpf_map *map, void *value)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Pop an element from *map*.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_map_peek_elem(struct bpf_map *map, void *value)
+ * 	Description
+ * 		Get an element from *map* without removing it.
+ * 	Return
+ * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_msg_push_data(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 start, u32 len, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		For socket policies, insert *len* bytes into *msg* at offset
+ *		*start*.
+ *
+ *		If a program of type **BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_MSG** is run on a
+ *		*msg* it may want to insert metadata or options into the *msg*.
+ *		This can later be read and used by any of the lower layer BPF
+ *		hooks.
+ *
+ *		This helper may fail if under memory pressure (a malloc
+ *		fails) in these cases BPF programs will get an appropriate
+ *		error and BPF programs will need to handle them.
+ *	Return
+ *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_msg_pop_data(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 start, u32 pop, u64 flags)
+ *	Description
+ *		Will remove *pop* bytes from a *msg* starting at byte *start*.
+ *		This may result in **ENOMEM** errors under certain situations if
+ *		an allocation and copy are required due to a full ring buffer.
+ *		However, the helper will try to avoid doing the allocation
+ *		if possible. Other errors can occur if input parameters are
+ *		invalid either due to *start* byte not being valid part of *msg*
+ *		payload and/or *pop* value being to large.
+ *	Return
+ *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
+ *
+ * int bpf_rc_pointer_rel(void *ctx, s32 rel_x, s32 rel_y)
+ *	Description
+ *		This helper is used in programs implementing IR decoding, to
+ *		report a successfully decoded pointer movement.
+ *
+ *		The *ctx* should point to the lirc sample as passed into
+ *		the program.
+ *
+ *		This helper is only available is the kernel was compiled with
+ *		the **CONFIG_BPF_LIRC_MODE2** configuration option set to
+ *		"**y**".
+ *	Return
+ *		0
+ */
+#define __BPF_FUNC_MAPPER(FN)		\
+	FN(unspec),			\
+	FN(map_lookup_elem),		\
+	FN(map_update_elem),		\
+	FN(map_delete_elem),		\
+	FN(probe_read),			\
+	FN(ktime_get_ns),		\
+	FN(trace_printk),		\
+	FN(get_prandom_u32),		\
+	FN(get_smp_processor_id),	\
+	FN(skb_store_bytes),		\
+	FN(l3_csum_replace),		\
+	FN(l4_csum_replace),		\
+	FN(tail_call),			\
+	FN(clone_redirect),		\
+	FN(get_current_pid_tgid),	\
+	FN(get_current_uid_gid),	\
+	FN(get_current_comm),		\
+	FN(get_cgroup_classid),		\
+	FN(skb_vlan_push),		\
+	FN(skb_vlan_pop),		\
+	FN(skb_get_tunnel_key),		\
+	FN(skb_set_tunnel_key),		\
+	FN(perf_event_read),		\
+	FN(redirect),			\
+	FN(get_route_realm),		\
+	FN(perf_event_output),		\
+	FN(skb_load_bytes),		\
+	FN(get_stackid),		\
+	FN(csum_diff),			\
+	FN(skb_get_tunnel_opt),		\
+	FN(skb_set_tunnel_opt),		\
+	FN(skb_change_proto),		\
+	FN(skb_change_type),		\
+	FN(skb_under_cgroup),		\
+	FN(get_hash_recalc),		\
+	FN(get_current_task),		\
+	FN(probe_write_user),		\
+	FN(current_task_under_cgroup),	\
+	FN(skb_change_tail),		\
+	FN(skb_pull_data),		\
+	FN(csum_update),		\
+	FN(set_hash_invalid),		\
+	FN(get_numa_node_id),		\
+	FN(skb_change_head),		\
+	FN(xdp_adjust_head),		\
+	FN(probe_read_str),		\
+	FN(get_socket_cookie),		\
+	FN(get_socket_uid),		\
+	FN(set_hash),			\
+	FN(setsockopt),			\
+	FN(skb_adjust_room),		\
+	FN(redirect_map),		\
+	FN(sk_redirect_map),		\
+	FN(sock_map_update),		\
+	FN(xdp_adjust_meta),		\
+	FN(perf_event_read_value),	\
+	FN(perf_prog_read_value),	\
+	FN(getsockopt),			\
+	FN(override_return),		\
+	FN(sock_ops_cb_flags_set),	\
+	FN(msg_redirect_map),		\
+	FN(msg_apply_bytes),		\
+	FN(msg_cork_bytes),		\
+	FN(msg_pull_data),		\
+	FN(bind),			\
+	FN(xdp_adjust_tail),		\
+	FN(skb_get_xfrm_state),		\
+	FN(get_stack),			\
+	FN(skb_load_bytes_relative),	\
+	FN(fib_lookup),			\
+	FN(sock_hash_update),		\
+	FN(msg_redirect_hash),		\
+	FN(sk_redirect_hash),		\
+	FN(lwt_push_encap),		\
+	FN(lwt_seg6_store_bytes),	\
+	FN(lwt_seg6_adjust_srh),	\
+	FN(lwt_seg6_action),		\
+	FN(rc_repeat),			\
+	FN(rc_keydown),			\
+	FN(skb_cgroup_id),		\
+	FN(get_current_cgroup_id),	\
+	FN(get_local_storage),		\
+	FN(sk_select_reuseport),	\
+	FN(skb_ancestor_cgroup_id),	\
+	FN(sk_lookup_tcp),		\
+	FN(sk_lookup_udp),		\
+	FN(sk_release),			\
+	FN(map_push_elem),		\
+	FN(map_pop_elem),		\
+	FN(map_peek_elem),		\
+	FN(msg_push_data),		\
+	FN(msg_pop_data),		\
+	FN(rc_pointer_rel),
+
+/* integer value in 'imm' field of BPF_CALL instruction selects which helper
+ * function eBPF program intends to call
+ */
+#define __BPF_ENUM_FN(x) BPF_FUNC_ ## x
+enum bpf_func_id {
+	__BPF_FUNC_MAPPER(__BPF_ENUM_FN)
+	__BPF_FUNC_MAX_ID,
+};
+#undef __BPF_ENUM_FN
+
+/* All flags used by eBPF helper functions, placed here. */
+
+/* BPF_FUNC_skb_store_bytes flags. */
+#define BPF_F_RECOMPUTE_CSUM		(1ULL << 0)
+#define BPF_F_INVALIDATE_HASH		(1ULL << 1)
+
+/* BPF_FUNC_l3_csum_replace and BPF_FUNC_l4_csum_replace flags.
+ * First 4 bits are for passing the header field size.
+ */
+#define BPF_F_HDR_FIELD_MASK		0xfULL
+
+/* BPF_FUNC_l4_csum_replace flags. */
+#define BPF_F_PSEUDO_HDR		(1ULL << 4)
+#define BPF_F_MARK_MANGLED_0		(1ULL << 5)
+#define BPF_F_MARK_ENFORCE		(1ULL << 6)
+
+/* BPF_FUNC_clone_redirect and BPF_FUNC_redirect flags. */
+#define BPF_F_INGRESS			(1ULL << 0)
+
+/* BPF_FUNC_skb_set_tunnel_key and BPF_FUNC_skb_get_tunnel_key flags. */
+#define BPF_F_TUNINFO_IPV6		(1ULL << 0)
+
+/* flags for both BPF_FUNC_get_stackid and BPF_FUNC_get_stack. */
+#define BPF_F_SKIP_FIELD_MASK		0xffULL
+#define BPF_F_USER_STACK		(1ULL << 8)
+/* flags used by BPF_FUNC_get_stackid only. */
+#define BPF_F_FAST_STACK_CMP		(1ULL << 9)
+#define BPF_F_REUSE_STACKID		(1ULL << 10)
+/* flags used by BPF_FUNC_get_stack only. */
+#define BPF_F_USER_BUILD_ID		(1ULL << 11)
+
+/* BPF_FUNC_skb_set_tunnel_key flags. */
+#define BPF_F_ZERO_CSUM_TX		(1ULL << 1)
+#define BPF_F_DONT_FRAGMENT		(1ULL << 2)
+#define BPF_F_SEQ_NUMBER		(1ULL << 3)
+
+/* BPF_FUNC_perf_event_output, BPF_FUNC_perf_event_read and
+ * BPF_FUNC_perf_event_read_value flags.
+ */
+#define BPF_F_INDEX_MASK		0xffffffffULL
+#define BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU		BPF_F_INDEX_MASK
+/* BPF_FUNC_perf_event_output for sk_buff input context. */
+#define BPF_F_CTXLEN_MASK		(0xfffffULL << 32)
+
+/* Current network namespace */
+#define BPF_F_CURRENT_NETNS		(-1L)
+
+/* Mode for BPF_FUNC_skb_adjust_room helper. */
+enum bpf_adj_room_mode {
+	BPF_ADJ_ROOM_NET,
+};
+
+/* Mode for BPF_FUNC_skb_load_bytes_relative helper. */
+enum bpf_hdr_start_off {
+	BPF_HDR_START_MAC,
+	BPF_HDR_START_NET,
+};
+
+/* Encapsulation type for BPF_FUNC_lwt_push_encap helper. */
+enum bpf_lwt_encap_mode {
+	BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6,
+	BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6_INLINE
+};
+
+#define __bpf_md_ptr(type, name)	\
+union {					\
+	type name;			\
+	__u64 :64;			\
+} __attribute__((aligned(8)))
+
+/* user accessible mirror of in-kernel sk_buff.
+ * new fields can only be added to the end of this structure
+ */
+struct __sk_buff {
+	__u32 len;
+	__u32 pkt_type;
+	__u32 mark;
+	__u32 queue_mapping;
+	__u32 protocol;
+	__u32 vlan_present;
+	__u32 vlan_tci;
+	__u32 vlan_proto;
+	__u32 priority;
+	__u32 ingress_ifindex;
+	__u32 ifindex;
+	__u32 tc_index;
+	__u32 cb[5];
+	__u32 hash;
+	__u32 tc_classid;
+	__u32 data;
+	__u32 data_end;
+	__u32 napi_id;
+
+	/* Accessed by BPF_PROG_TYPE_sk_skb types from here to ... */
+	__u32 family;
+	__u32 remote_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 remote_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 remote_port;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_port;	/* stored in host byte order */
+	/* ... here. */
+
+	__u32 data_meta;
+	__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_flow_keys *, flow_keys);
+	__u64 tstamp;
+	__u32 wire_len;
+};
+
+struct bpf_tunnel_key {
+	__u32 tunnel_id;
+	union {
+		__u32 remote_ipv4;
+		__u32 remote_ipv6[4];
+	};
+	__u8 tunnel_tos;
+	__u8 tunnel_ttl;
+	__u16 tunnel_ext;	/* Padding, future use. */
+	__u32 tunnel_label;
+};
+
+/* user accessible mirror of in-kernel xfrm_state.
+ * new fields can only be added to the end of this structure
+ */
+struct bpf_xfrm_state {
+	__u32 reqid;
+	__u32 spi;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u16 family;
+	__u16 ext;	/* Padding, future use. */
+	union {
+		__u32 remote_ipv4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+		__u32 remote_ipv6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	};
+};
+
+/* Generic BPF return codes which all BPF program types may support.
+ * The values are binary compatible with their TC_ACT_* counter-part to
+ * provide backwards compatibility with existing SCHED_CLS and SCHED_ACT
+ * programs.
+ *
+ * XDP is handled seprately, see XDP_*.
+ */
+enum bpf_ret_code {
+	BPF_OK = 0,
+	/* 1 reserved */
+	BPF_DROP = 2,
+	/* 3-6 reserved */
+	BPF_REDIRECT = 7,
+	/* >127 are reserved for prog type specific return codes */
+};
+
+struct bpf_sock {
+	__u32 bound_dev_if;
+	__u32 family;
+	__u32 type;
+	__u32 protocol;
+	__u32 mark;
+	__u32 priority;
+	__u32 src_ip4;		/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read.
+				 * Stored in network byte order.
+				 */
+	__u32 src_ip6[4];	/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read.
+				 * Stored in network byte order.
+				 */
+	__u32 src_port;		/* Allows 4-byte read.
+				 * Stored in host byte order
+				 */
+};
+
+struct bpf_sock_tuple {
+	union {
+		struct {
+			__be32 saddr;
+			__be32 daddr;
+			__be16 sport;
+			__be16 dport;
+		} ipv4;
+		struct {
+			__be32 saddr[4];
+			__be32 daddr[4];
+			__be16 sport;
+			__be16 dport;
+		} ipv6;
+	};
+};
+
+#define XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM 256
+
+/* User return codes for XDP prog type.
+ * A valid XDP program must return one of these defined values. All other
+ * return codes are reserved for future use. Unknown return codes will
+ * result in packet drops and a warning via bpf_warn_invalid_xdp_action().
+ */
+enum xdp_action {
+	XDP_ABORTED = 0,
+	XDP_DROP,
+	XDP_PASS,
+	XDP_TX,
+	XDP_REDIRECT,
+};
+
+/* user accessible metadata for XDP packet hook
+ * new fields must be added to the end of this structure
+ */
+struct xdp_md {
+	__u32 data;
+	__u32 data_end;
+	__u32 data_meta;
+	/* Below access go through struct xdp_rxq_info */
+	__u32 ingress_ifindex; /* rxq->dev->ifindex */
+	__u32 rx_queue_index;  /* rxq->queue_index  */
+};
+
+enum sk_action {
+	SK_DROP = 0,
+	SK_PASS,
+};
+
+/* user accessible metadata for SK_MSG packet hook, new fields must
+ * be added to the end of this structure
+ */
+struct sk_msg_md {
+	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, data);
+	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, data_end);
+
+	__u32 family;
+	__u32 remote_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 remote_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 remote_port;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_port;	/* stored in host byte order */
+	__u32 size;		/* Total size of sk_msg */
+};
+
+struct sk_reuseport_md {
+	/*
+	 * Start of directly accessible data. It begins from
+	 * the tcp/udp header.
+	 */
+	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, data);
+	/* End of directly accessible data */
+	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, data_end);
+	/*
+	 * Total length of packet (starting from the tcp/udp header).
+	 * Note that the directly accessible bytes (data_end - data)
+	 * could be less than this "len".  Those bytes could be
+	 * indirectly read by a helper "bpf_skb_load_bytes()".
+	 */
+	__u32 len;
+	/*
+	 * Eth protocol in the mac header (network byte order). e.g.
+	 * ETH_P_IP(0x0800) and ETH_P_IPV6(0x86DD)
+	 */
+	__u32 eth_protocol;
+	__u32 ip_protocol;	/* IP protocol. e.g. IPPROTO_TCP, IPPROTO_UDP */
+	__u32 bind_inany;	/* Is sock bound to an INANY address? */
+	__u32 hash;		/* A hash of the packet 4 tuples */
+};
+
+#define BPF_TAG_SIZE	8
+
+struct bpf_prog_info {
+	__u32 type;
+	__u32 id;
+	__u8  tag[BPF_TAG_SIZE];
+	__u32 jited_prog_len;
+	__u32 xlated_prog_len;
+	__aligned_u64 jited_prog_insns;
+	__aligned_u64 xlated_prog_insns;
+	__u64 load_time;	/* ns since boottime */
+	__u32 created_by_uid;
+	__u32 nr_map_ids;
+	__aligned_u64 map_ids;
+	char name[BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN];
+	__u32 ifindex;
+	__u32 gpl_compatible:1;
+	__u64 netns_dev;
+	__u64 netns_ino;
+	__u32 nr_jited_ksyms;
+	__u32 nr_jited_func_lens;
+	__aligned_u64 jited_ksyms;
+	__aligned_u64 jited_func_lens;
+	__u32 btf_id;
+	__u32 func_info_rec_size;
+	__aligned_u64 func_info;
+	__u32 nr_func_info;
+	__u32 nr_line_info;
+	__aligned_u64 line_info;
+	__aligned_u64 jited_line_info;
+	__u32 nr_jited_line_info;
+	__u32 line_info_rec_size;
+	__u32 jited_line_info_rec_size;
+	__u32 nr_prog_tags;
+	__aligned_u64 prog_tags;
+} __attribute__((aligned(8)));
+
+struct bpf_map_info {
+	__u32 type;
+	__u32 id;
+	__u32 key_size;
+	__u32 value_size;
+	__u32 max_entries;
+	__u32 map_flags;
+	char  name[BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN];
+	__u32 ifindex;
+	__u32 :32;
+	__u64 netns_dev;
+	__u64 netns_ino;
+	__u32 btf_id;
+	__u32 btf_key_type_id;
+	__u32 btf_value_type_id;
+} __attribute__((aligned(8)));
+
+struct bpf_btf_info {
+	__aligned_u64 btf;
+	__u32 btf_size;
+	__u32 id;
+} __attribute__((aligned(8)));
+
+/* User bpf_sock_addr struct to access socket fields and sockaddr struct passed
+ * by user and intended to be used by socket (e.g. to bind to, depends on
+ * attach attach type).
+ */
+struct bpf_sock_addr {
+	__u32 user_family;	/* Allows 4-byte read, but no write. */
+	__u32 user_ip4;		/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read and 4-byte write.
+				 * Stored in network byte order.
+				 */
+	__u32 user_ip6[4];	/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read an 4-byte write.
+				 * Stored in network byte order.
+				 */
+	__u32 user_port;	/* Allows 4-byte read and write.
+				 * Stored in network byte order
+				 */
+	__u32 family;		/* Allows 4-byte read, but no write */
+	__u32 type;		/* Allows 4-byte read, but no write */
+	__u32 protocol;		/* Allows 4-byte read, but no write */
+	__u32 msg_src_ip4;	/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read an 4-byte write.
+				 * Stored in network byte order.
+				 */
+	__u32 msg_src_ip6[4];	/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read an 4-byte write.
+				 * Stored in network byte order.
+				 */
+};
+
+/* User bpf_sock_ops struct to access socket values and specify request ops
+ * and their replies.
+ * Some of this fields are in network (bigendian) byte order and may need
+ * to be converted before use (bpf_ntohl() defined in samples/bpf/bpf_endian.h).
+ * New fields can only be added at the end of this structure
+ */
+struct bpf_sock_ops {
+	__u32 op;
+	union {
+		__u32 args[4];		/* Optionally passed to bpf program */
+		__u32 reply;		/* Returned by bpf program	    */
+		__u32 replylong[4];	/* Optionally returned by bpf prog  */
+	};
+	__u32 family;
+	__u32 remote_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 remote_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 remote_port;	/* Stored in network byte order */
+	__u32 local_port;	/* stored in host byte order */
+	__u32 is_fullsock;	/* Some TCP fields are only valid if
+				 * there is a full socket. If not, the
+				 * fields read as zero.
+				 */
+	__u32 snd_cwnd;
+	__u32 srtt_us;		/* Averaged RTT << 3 in usecs */
+	__u32 bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags; /* flags defined in uapi/linux/tcp.h */
+	__u32 state;
+	__u32 rtt_min;
+	__u32 snd_ssthresh;
+	__u32 rcv_nxt;
+	__u32 snd_nxt;
+	__u32 snd_una;
+	__u32 mss_cache;
+	__u32 ecn_flags;
+	__u32 rate_delivered;
+	__u32 rate_interval_us;
+	__u32 packets_out;
+	__u32 retrans_out;
+	__u32 total_retrans;
+	__u32 segs_in;
+	__u32 data_segs_in;
+	__u32 segs_out;
+	__u32 data_segs_out;
+	__u32 lost_out;
+	__u32 sacked_out;
+	__u32 sk_txhash;
+	__u64 bytes_received;
+	__u64 bytes_acked;
+};
+
+/* Definitions for bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags */
+#define BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTO_CB_FLAG	(1<<0)
+#define BPF_SOCK_OPS_RETRANS_CB_FLAG	(1<<1)
+#define BPF_SOCK_OPS_STATE_CB_FLAG	(1<<2)
+#define BPF_SOCK_OPS_ALL_CB_FLAGS       0x7		/* Mask of all currently
+							 * supported cb flags
+							 */
+
+/* List of known BPF sock_ops operators.
+ * New entries can only be added at the end
+ */
+enum {
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_VOID,
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_TIMEOUT_INIT,	/* Should return SYN-RTO value to use or
+					 * -1 if default value should be used
+					 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RWND_INIT,		/* Should return initial advertized
+					 * window (in packets) or -1 if default
+					 * value should be used
+					 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_TCP_CONNECT_CB,	/* Calls BPF program right before an
+					 * active connection is initialized
+					 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB,	/* Calls BPF program when an
+						 * active connection is
+						 * established
+						 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB,	/* Calls BPF program when a
+						 * passive connection is
+						 * established
+						 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_NEEDS_ECN,		/* If connection's congestion control
+					 * needs ECN
+					 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_BASE_RTT,		/* Get base RTT. The correct value is
+					 * based on the path and may be
+					 * dependent on the congestion control
+					 * algorithm. In general it indicates
+					 * a congestion threshold. RTTs above
+					 * this indicate congestion
+					 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTO_CB,		/* Called when an RTO has triggered.
+					 * Arg1: value of icsk_retransmits
+					 * Arg2: value of icsk_rto
+					 * Arg3: whether RTO has expired
+					 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RETRANS_CB,	/* Called when skb is retransmitted.
+					 * Arg1: sequence number of 1st byte
+					 * Arg2: # segments
+					 * Arg3: return value of
+					 *       tcp_transmit_skb (0 => success)
+					 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_STATE_CB,		/* Called when TCP changes state.
+					 * Arg1: old_state
+					 * Arg2: new_state
+					 */
+	BPF_SOCK_OPS_TCP_LISTEN_CB,	/* Called on listen(2), right after
+					 * socket transition to LISTEN state.
+					 */
+};
+
+/* List of TCP states. There is a build check in net/ipv4/tcp.c to detect
+ * changes between the TCP and BPF versions. Ideally this should never happen.
+ * If it does, we need to add code to convert them before calling
+ * the BPF sock_ops function.
+ */
+enum {
+	BPF_TCP_ESTABLISHED = 1,
+	BPF_TCP_SYN_SENT,
+	BPF_TCP_SYN_RECV,
+	BPF_TCP_FIN_WAIT1,
+	BPF_TCP_FIN_WAIT2,
+	BPF_TCP_TIME_WAIT,
+	BPF_TCP_CLOSE,
+	BPF_TCP_CLOSE_WAIT,
+	BPF_TCP_LAST_ACK,
+	BPF_TCP_LISTEN,
+	BPF_TCP_CLOSING,	/* Now a valid state */
+	BPF_TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV,
+
+	BPF_TCP_MAX_STATES	/* Leave at the end! */
+};
+
+#define TCP_BPF_IW		1001	/* Set TCP initial congestion window */
+#define TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP	1002	/* Set sndcwnd_clamp */
+
+struct bpf_perf_event_value {
+	__u64 counter;
+	__u64 enabled;
+	__u64 running;
+};
+
+#define BPF_DEVCG_ACC_MKNOD	(1ULL << 0)
+#define BPF_DEVCG_ACC_READ	(1ULL << 1)
+#define BPF_DEVCG_ACC_WRITE	(1ULL << 2)
+
+#define BPF_DEVCG_DEV_BLOCK	(1ULL << 0)
+#define BPF_DEVCG_DEV_CHAR	(1ULL << 1)
+
+struct bpf_cgroup_dev_ctx {
+	/* access_type encoded as (BPF_DEVCG_ACC_* << 16) | BPF_DEVCG_DEV_* */
+	__u32 access_type;
+	__u32 major;
+	__u32 minor;
+};
+
+struct bpf_raw_tracepoint_args {
+	__u64 args[0];
+};
+
+/* DIRECT:  Skip the FIB rules and go to FIB table associated with device
+ * OUTPUT:  Do lookup from egress perspective; default is ingress
+ */
+#define BPF_FIB_LOOKUP_DIRECT  BIT(0)
+#define BPF_FIB_LOOKUP_OUTPUT  BIT(1)
+
+enum {
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_SUCCESS,      /* lookup successful */
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_BLACKHOLE,    /* dest is blackholed; can be dropped */
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_UNREACHABLE,  /* dest is unreachable; can be dropped */
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_PROHIBIT,     /* dest not allowed; can be dropped */
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_NOT_FWDED,    /* packet is not forwarded */
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_FWD_DISABLED, /* fwding is not enabled on ingress */
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_UNSUPP_LWT,   /* fwd requires encapsulation */
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_NO_NEIGH,     /* no neighbor entry for nh */
+	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_FRAG_NEEDED,  /* fragmentation required to fwd */
+};
+
+struct bpf_fib_lookup {
+	/* input:  network family for lookup (AF_INET, AF_INET6)
+	 * output: network family of egress nexthop
+	 */
+	__u8	family;
+
+	/* set if lookup is to consider L4 data - e.g., FIB rules */
+	__u8	l4_protocol;
+	__be16	sport;
+	__be16	dport;
+
+	/* total length of packet from network header - used for MTU check */
+	__u16	tot_len;
+
+	/* input: L3 device index for lookup
+	 * output: device index from FIB lookup
+	 */
+	__u32	ifindex;
+
+	union {
+		/* inputs to lookup */
+		__u8	tos;		/* AF_INET  */
+		__be32	flowinfo;	/* AF_INET6, flow_label + priority */
+
+		/* output: metric of fib result (IPv4/IPv6 only) */
+		__u32	rt_metric;
+	};
+
+	union {
+		__be32		ipv4_src;
+		__u32		ipv6_src[4];  /* in6_addr; network order */
+	};
+
+	/* input to bpf_fib_lookup, ipv{4,6}_dst is destination address in
+	 * network header. output: bpf_fib_lookup sets to gateway address
+	 * if FIB lookup returns gateway route
+	 */
+	union {
+		__be32		ipv4_dst;
+		__u32		ipv6_dst[4];  /* in6_addr; network order */
+	};
+
+	/* output */
+	__be16	h_vlan_proto;
+	__be16	h_vlan_TCI;
+	__u8	smac[6];     /* ETH_ALEN */
+	__u8	dmac[6];     /* ETH_ALEN */
+};
+
+enum bpf_task_fd_type {
+	BPF_FD_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT,	/* tp name */
+	BPF_FD_TYPE_TRACEPOINT,		/* tp name */
+	BPF_FD_TYPE_KPROBE,		/* (symbol + offset) or addr */
+	BPF_FD_TYPE_KRETPROBE,		/* (symbol + offset) or addr */
+	BPF_FD_TYPE_UPROBE,		/* filename + offset */
+	BPF_FD_TYPE_URETPROBE,		/* filename + offset */
+};
+
+struct bpf_flow_keys {
+	__u16	nhoff;
+	__u16	thoff;
+	__u16	addr_proto;			/* ETH_P_* of valid addrs */
+	__u8	is_frag;
+	__u8	is_first_frag;
+	__u8	is_encap;
+	__u8	ip_proto;
+	__be16	n_proto;
+	__be16	sport;
+	__be16	dport;
+	union {
+		struct {
+			__be32	ipv4_src;
+			__be32	ipv4_dst;
+		};
+		struct {
+			__u32	ipv6_src[4];	/* in6_addr; network order */
+			__u32	ipv6_dst[4];	/* in6_addr; network order */
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+struct bpf_func_info {
+	__u32	insn_off;
+	__u32	type_id;
+};
+
+#define BPF_LINE_INFO_LINE_NUM(line_col)	((line_col) >> 10)
+#define BPF_LINE_INFO_LINE_COL(line_col)	((line_col) & 0x3ff)
+
+struct bpf_line_info {
+	__u32	insn_off;
+	__u32	file_name_off;
+	__u32	line_off;
+	__u32	line_col;
+};
+
+#endif /* _UAPI__LINUX_BPF_H__ */
diff --git a/src/shared/linux/bpf_common.h b/src/shared/linux/bpf_common.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee97668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/shared/linux/bpf_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
+#ifndef _UAPI__LINUX_BPF_COMMON_H__
+#define _UAPI__LINUX_BPF_COMMON_H__
+
+/* Instruction classes */
+#define BPF_CLASS(code) ((code) & 0x07)
+#define		BPF_LD		0x00
+#define		BPF_LDX		0x01
+#define		BPF_ST		0x02
+#define		BPF_STX		0x03
+#define		BPF_ALU		0x04
+#define		BPF_JMP		0x05
+#define		BPF_RET		0x06
+#define		BPF_MISC        0x07
+
+/* ld/ldx fields */
+#define BPF_SIZE(code)  ((code) & 0x18)
+#define		BPF_W		0x00 /* 32-bit */
+#define		BPF_H		0x08 /* 16-bit */
+#define		BPF_B		0x10 /*  8-bit */
+/* eBPF		BPF_DW		0x18    64-bit */
+#define BPF_MODE(code)  ((code) & 0xe0)
+#define		BPF_IMM		0x00
+#define		BPF_ABS		0x20
+#define		BPF_IND		0x40
+#define		BPF_MEM		0x60
+#define		BPF_LEN		0x80
+#define		BPF_MSH		0xa0
+
+/* alu/jmp fields */
+#define BPF_OP(code)    ((code) & 0xf0)
+#define		BPF_ADD		0x00
+#define		BPF_SUB		0x10
+#define		BPF_MUL		0x20
+#define		BPF_DIV		0x30
+#define		BPF_OR		0x40
+#define		BPF_AND		0x50
+#define		BPF_LSH		0x60
+#define		BPF_RSH		0x70
+#define		BPF_NEG		0x80
+#define		BPF_MOD		0x90
+#define		BPF_XOR		0xa0
+
+#define		BPF_JA		0x00
+#define		BPF_JEQ		0x10
+#define		BPF_JGT		0x20
+#define		BPF_JGE		0x30
+#define		BPF_JSET        0x40
+#define BPF_SRC(code)   ((code) & 0x08)
+#define		BPF_K		0x00
+#define		BPF_X		0x08
+
+#ifndef BPF_MAXINSNS
+#define BPF_MAXINSNS 4096
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _UAPI__LINUX_BPF_COMMON_H__ */
diff --git a/src/shared/linux/bpf_insn.h b/src/shared/linux/bpf_insn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8d9fb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/shared/linux/bpf_insn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/* eBPF instruction mini library */
+#ifndef __BPF_INSN_H
+#define __BPF_INSN_H
+
+struct bpf_insn;
+
+/* ALU ops on registers, bpf_add|sub|...: dst_reg += src_reg */
+
+#define BPF_ALU64_REG(OP, DST, SRC)				\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ALU64 | BPF_OP(OP) | BPF_X,	\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+#define BPF_ALU32_REG(OP, DST, SRC)				\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ALU | BPF_OP(OP) | BPF_X,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+/* ALU ops on immediates, bpf_add|sub|...: dst_reg += imm32 */
+
+#define BPF_ALU64_IMM(OP, DST, IMM)				\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ALU64 | BPF_OP(OP) | BPF_K,	\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+#define BPF_ALU32_IMM(OP, DST, IMM)				\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ALU | BPF_OP(OP) | BPF_K,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+/* Short form of mov, dst_reg = src_reg */
+
+#define BPF_MOV64_REG(DST, SRC)					\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ALU64 | BPF_MOV | BPF_X,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+#define BPF_MOV32_REG(DST, SRC)					\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ALU | BPF_MOV | BPF_X,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+/* Short form of mov, dst_reg = imm32 */
+
+#define BPF_MOV64_IMM(DST, IMM)					\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ALU64 | BPF_MOV | BPF_K,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+#define BPF_MOV32_IMM(DST, IMM)					\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ALU | BPF_MOV | BPF_K,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+/* BPF_LD_IMM64 macro encodes single 'load 64-bit immediate' insn */
+#define BPF_LD_IMM64(DST, IMM)					\
+	BPF_LD_IMM64_RAW(DST, 0, IMM)
+
+#define BPF_LD_IMM64_RAW(DST, SRC, IMM)				\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_LD | BPF_DW | BPF_IMM,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = (__u32) (IMM) }),			\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = 0, /* zero is reserved opcode */	\
+		.dst_reg = 0,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = ((__u64) (IMM)) >> 32 })
+
+#ifndef BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_FD
+# define BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_FD	1
+#endif
+
+/* pseudo BPF_LD_IMM64 insn used to refer to process-local map_fd */
+#define BPF_LD_MAP_FD(DST, MAP_FD)				\
+	BPF_LD_IMM64_RAW(DST, BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_FD, MAP_FD)
+
+
+/* Direct packet access, R0 = *(uint *) (skb->data + imm32) */
+
+#define BPF_LD_ABS(SIZE, IMM)					\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_LD | BPF_SIZE(SIZE) | BPF_ABS,	\
+		.dst_reg = 0,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+/* Memory load, dst_reg = *(uint *) (src_reg + off16) */
+
+#define BPF_LDX_MEM(SIZE, DST, SRC, OFF)			\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_LDX | BPF_SIZE(SIZE) | BPF_MEM,	\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+/* Memory store, *(uint *) (dst_reg + off16) = src_reg */
+
+#define BPF_STX_MEM(SIZE, DST, SRC, OFF)			\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_STX | BPF_SIZE(SIZE) | BPF_MEM,	\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+/* Atomic memory add, *(uint *)(dst_reg + off16) += src_reg */
+
+#define BPF_STX_XADD(SIZE, DST, SRC, OFF)			\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_STX | BPF_SIZE(SIZE) | BPF_XADD,	\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+/* Memory store, *(uint *) (dst_reg + off16) = imm32 */
+
+#define BPF_ST_MEM(SIZE, DST, OFF, IMM)				\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_ST | BPF_SIZE(SIZE) | BPF_MEM,	\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+/* Conditional jumps against registers, if (dst_reg 'op' src_reg) goto pc + off16 */
+
+#define BPF_JMP_REG(OP, DST, SRC, OFF)				\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_JMP | BPF_OP(OP) | BPF_X,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+/* Like BPF_JMP_REG, but with 32-bit wide operands for comparison. */
+
+#define BPF_JMP32_REG(OP, DST, SRC, OFF)			\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_JMP32 | BPF_OP(OP) | BPF_X,	\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+/* Conditional jumps against immediates, if (dst_reg 'op' imm32) goto pc + off16 */
+
+#define BPF_JMP_IMM(OP, DST, IMM, OFF)				\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_JMP | BPF_OP(OP) | BPF_K,		\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+/* Like BPF_JMP_IMM, but with 32-bit wide operands for comparison. */
+
+#define BPF_JMP32_IMM(OP, DST, IMM, OFF)			\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_JMP32 | BPF_OP(OP) | BPF_K,	\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+#define BPF_JMP_A(OFF)						\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_JMP | BPF_JA,			\
+		.dst_reg = 0,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+/* Raw code statement block */
+
+#define BPF_RAW_INSN(CODE, DST, SRC, OFF, IMM)			\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = CODE,					\
+		.dst_reg = DST,					\
+		.src_reg = SRC,					\
+		.off   = OFF,					\
+		.imm   = IMM })
+
+/* Program exit */
+
+#define BPF_EXIT_INSN()						\
+	((struct bpf_insn) {					\
+		.code  = BPF_JMP | BPF_EXIT,			\
+		.dst_reg = 0,					\
+		.src_reg = 0,					\
+		.off   = 0,					\
+		.imm   = 0 })
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/shared/linux/dm-ioctl.h b/src/shared/linux/dm-ioctl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3aeec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/shared/linux/dm-ioctl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 - 2003 Sistina Software (UK) Limited.
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 - 2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This file is released under the LGPL.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LINUX_DM_IOCTL_V4_H
+#define _LINUX_DM_IOCTL_V4_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+#define DM_DIR "mapper"		/* Slashes not supported */
+#define DM_CONTROL_NODE "control"
+#define DM_MAX_TYPE_NAME 16
+#define DM_NAME_LEN 128
+#define DM_UUID_LEN 129
+
+/*
+ * A traditional ioctl interface for the device mapper.
+ *
+ * Each device can have two tables associated with it, an
+ * 'active' table which is the one currently used by io passing
+ * through the device, and an 'inactive' one which is a table
+ * that is being prepared as a replacement for the 'active' one.
+ *
+ * DM_VERSION:
+ * Just get the version information for the ioctl interface.
+ *
+ * DM_REMOVE_ALL:
+ * Remove all dm devices, destroy all tables.  Only really used
+ * for debug.
+ *
+ * DM_LIST_DEVICES:
+ * Get a list of all the dm device names.
+ *
+ * DM_DEV_CREATE:
+ * Create a new device, neither the 'active' or 'inactive' table
+ * slots will be filled.  The device will be in suspended state
+ * after creation, however any io to the device will get errored
+ * since it will be out-of-bounds.
+ *
+ * DM_DEV_REMOVE:
+ * Remove a device, destroy any tables.
+ *
+ * DM_DEV_RENAME:
+ * Rename a device or set its uuid if none was previously supplied.
+ *
+ * DM_SUSPEND:
+ * This performs both suspend and resume, depending which flag is
+ * passed in.
+ * Suspend: This command will not return until all pending io to
+ * the device has completed.  Further io will be deferred until
+ * the device is resumed.
+ * Resume: It is no longer an error to issue this command on an
+ * unsuspended device.  If a table is present in the 'inactive'
+ * slot, it will be moved to the active slot, then the old table
+ * from the active slot will be _destroyed_.  Finally the device
+ * is resumed.
+ *
+ * DM_DEV_STATUS:
+ * Retrieves the status for the table in the 'active' slot.
+ *
+ * DM_DEV_WAIT:
+ * Wait for a significant event to occur to the device.  This
+ * could either be caused by an event triggered by one of the
+ * targets of the table in the 'active' slot, or a table change.
+ *
+ * DM_TABLE_LOAD:
+ * Load a table into the 'inactive' slot for the device.  The
+ * device does _not_ need to be suspended prior to this command.
+ *
+ * DM_TABLE_CLEAR:
+ * Destroy any table in the 'inactive' slot (ie. abort).
+ *
+ * DM_TABLE_DEPS:
+ * Return a set of device dependencies for the 'active' table.
+ *
+ * DM_TABLE_STATUS:
+ * Return the targets status for the 'active' table.
+ *
+ * DM_TARGET_MSG:
+ * Pass a message string to the target at a specific offset of a device.
+ *
+ * DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY:
+ * Set the geometry of a device by passing in a string in this format:
+ *
+ * "cylinders heads sectors_per_track start_sector"
+ *
+ * Beware that CHS geometry is nearly obsolete and only provided
+ * for compatibility with dm devices that can be booted by a PC
+ * BIOS.  See struct hd_geometry for range limits.  Also note that
+ * the geometry is erased if the device size changes.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * All ioctl arguments consist of a single chunk of memory, with
+ * this structure at the start.  If a uuid is specified any
+ * lookup (eg. for a DM_INFO) will be done on that, *not* the
+ * name.
+ */
+struct dm_ioctl {
+	/*
+	 * The version number is made up of three parts:
+	 * major - no backward or forward compatibility,
+	 * minor - only backwards compatible,
+	 * patch - both backwards and forwards compatible.
+	 *
+	 * All clients of the ioctl interface should fill in the
+	 * version number of the interface that they were
+	 * compiled with.
+	 *
+	 * All recognised ioctl commands (ie. those that don't
+	 * return -ENOTTY) fill out this field, even if the
+	 * command failed.
+	 */
+	__u32 version[3];	/* in/out */
+	__u32 data_size;	/* total size of data passed in
+				 * including this struct */
+
+	__u32 data_start;	/* offset to start of data
+				 * relative to start of this struct */
+
+	__u32 target_count;	/* in/out */
+	__s32 open_count;	/* out */
+	__u32 flags;		/* in/out */
+
+	/*
+	 * event_nr holds either the event number (input and output) or the
+	 * udev cookie value (input only).
+	 * The DM_DEV_WAIT ioctl takes an event number as input.
+	 * The DM_SUSPEND, DM_DEV_REMOVE and DM_DEV_RENAME ioctls
+	 * use the field as a cookie to return in the DM_COOKIE
+	 * variable with the uevents they issue.
+	 * For output, the ioctls return the event number, not the cookie.
+	 */
+	__u32 event_nr;      	/* in/out */
+	__u32 padding;
+
+	__u64 dev;		/* in/out */
+
+	char name[DM_NAME_LEN];	/* device name */
+	char uuid[DM_UUID_LEN];	/* unique identifier for
+				 * the block device */
+	char data[7];		/* padding or data */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Used to specify tables.  These structures appear after the
+ * dm_ioctl.
+ */
+struct dm_target_spec {
+	__u64 sector_start;
+	__u64 length;
+	__s32 status;		/* used when reading from kernel only */
+
+	/*
+	 * Location of the next dm_target_spec.
+	 * - When specifying targets on a DM_TABLE_LOAD command, this value is
+	 *   the number of bytes from the start of the "current" dm_target_spec
+	 *   to the start of the "next" dm_target_spec.
+	 * - When retrieving targets on a DM_TABLE_STATUS command, this value
+	 *   is the number of bytes from the start of the first dm_target_spec
+	 *   (that follows the dm_ioctl struct) to the start of the "next"
+	 *   dm_target_spec.
+	 */
+	__u32 next;
+
+	char target_type[DM_MAX_TYPE_NAME];
+
+	/*
+	 * Parameter string starts immediately after this object.
+	 * Be careful to add padding after string to ensure correct
+	 * alignment of subsequent dm_target_spec.
+	 */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Used to retrieve the target dependencies.
+ */
+struct dm_target_deps {
+	__u32 count;	/* Array size */
+	__u32 padding;	/* unused */
+	__u64 dev[0];	/* out */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Used to get a list of all dm devices.
+ */
+struct dm_name_list {
+	__u64 dev;
+	__u32 next;		/* offset to the next record from
+				   the _start_ of this */
+	char name[0];
+};
+
+/*
+ * Used to retrieve the target versions
+ */
+struct dm_target_versions {
+        __u32 next;
+        __u32 version[3];
+
+        char name[0];
+};
+
+/*
+ * Used to pass message to a target
+ */
+struct dm_target_msg {
+	__u64 sector;	/* Device sector */
+
+	char message[0];
+};
+
+/*
+ * If you change this make sure you make the corresponding change
+ * to dm-ioctl.c:lookup_ioctl()
+ */
+enum {
+	/* Top level cmds */
+	DM_VERSION_CMD = 0,
+	DM_REMOVE_ALL_CMD,
+	DM_LIST_DEVICES_CMD,
+
+	/* device level cmds */
+	DM_DEV_CREATE_CMD,
+	DM_DEV_REMOVE_CMD,
+	DM_DEV_RENAME_CMD,
+	DM_DEV_SUSPEND_CMD,
+	DM_DEV_STATUS_CMD,
+	DM_DEV_WAIT_CMD,
+
+	/* Table level cmds */
+	DM_TABLE_LOAD_CMD,
+	DM_TABLE_CLEAR_CMD,
+	DM_TABLE_DEPS_CMD,
+	DM_TABLE_STATUS_CMD,
+
+	/* Added later */
+	DM_LIST_VERSIONS_CMD,
+	DM_TARGET_MSG_CMD,
+	DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY_CMD,
+	DM_DEV_ARM_POLL_CMD,
+};
+
+#define DM_IOCTL 0xfd
+
+#define DM_VERSION       _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_VERSION_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_REMOVE_ALL    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_REMOVE_ALL_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_LIST_DEVICES  _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_LIST_DEVICES_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+
+#define DM_DEV_CREATE    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_CREATE_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_DEV_REMOVE    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_REMOVE_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_DEV_RENAME    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_RENAME_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_DEV_SUSPEND   _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_SUSPEND_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_DEV_STATUS    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_STATUS_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_DEV_WAIT      _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_WAIT_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_DEV_ARM_POLL  _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_ARM_POLL_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+
+#define DM_TABLE_LOAD    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TABLE_LOAD_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_TABLE_CLEAR   _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TABLE_CLEAR_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_TABLE_DEPS    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TABLE_DEPS_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_TABLE_STATUS  _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TABLE_STATUS_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+
+#define DM_LIST_VERSIONS _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_LIST_VERSIONS_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+
+#define DM_TARGET_MSG	 _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TARGET_MSG_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+#define DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY	_IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
+
+#define DM_VERSION_MAJOR	4
+#define DM_VERSION_MINOR	27
+#define DM_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL	0
+#define DM_VERSION_EXTRA	"-ioctl (2019-01-18)"
+
+/* Status bits */
+#define DM_READONLY_FLAG	(1 << 0) /* In/Out */
+#define DM_SUSPEND_FLAG		(1 << 1) /* In/Out */
+#define DM_PERSISTENT_DEV_FLAG	(1 << 3) /* In */
+
+/*
+ * Flag passed into ioctl STATUS command to get table information
+ * rather than current status.
+ */
+#define DM_STATUS_TABLE_FLAG	(1 << 4) /* In */
+
+/*
+ * Flags that indicate whether a table is present in either of
+ * the two table slots that a device has.
+ */
+#define DM_ACTIVE_PRESENT_FLAG   (1 << 5) /* Out */
+#define DM_INACTIVE_PRESENT_FLAG (1 << 6) /* Out */
+
+/*
+ * Indicates that the buffer passed in wasn't big enough for the
+ * results.
+ */
+#define DM_BUFFER_FULL_FLAG	(1 << 8) /* Out */
+
+/*
+ * This flag is now ignored.
+ */
+#define DM_SKIP_BDGET_FLAG	(1 << 9) /* In */
+
+/*
+ * Set this to avoid attempting to freeze any filesystem when suspending.
+ */
+#define DM_SKIP_LOCKFS_FLAG	(1 << 10) /* In */
+
+/*
+ * Set this to suspend without flushing queued ios.
+ * Also disables flushing uncommitted changes in the thin target before
+ * generating statistics for DM_TABLE_STATUS and DM_DEV_WAIT.
+ */
+#define DM_NOFLUSH_FLAG		(1 << 11) /* In */
+
+/*
+ * If set, any table information returned will relate to the inactive
+ * table instead of the live one.  Always check DM_INACTIVE_PRESENT_FLAG
+ * is set before using the data returned.
+ */
+#define DM_QUERY_INACTIVE_TABLE_FLAG	(1 << 12) /* In */
+
+/*
+ * If set, a uevent was generated for which the caller may need to wait.
+ */
+#define DM_UEVENT_GENERATED_FLAG	(1 << 13) /* Out */
+
+/*
+ * If set, rename changes the uuid not the name.  Only permitted
+ * if no uuid was previously supplied: an existing uuid cannot be changed.
+ */
+#define DM_UUID_FLAG			(1 << 14) /* In */
+
+/*
+ * If set, all buffers are wiped after use. Use when sending
+ * or requesting sensitive data such as an encryption key.
+ */
+#define DM_SECURE_DATA_FLAG		(1 << 15) /* In */
+
+/*
+ * If set, a message generated output data.
+ */
+#define DM_DATA_OUT_FLAG		(1 << 16) /* Out */
+
+/*
+ * If set with DM_DEV_REMOVE or DM_REMOVE_ALL this indicates that if
+ * the device cannot be removed immediately because it is still in use
+ * it should instead be scheduled for removal when it gets closed.
+ *
+ * On return from DM_DEV_REMOVE, DM_DEV_STATUS or other ioctls, this
+ * flag indicates that the device is scheduled to be removed when it
+ * gets closed.
+ */
+#define DM_DEFERRED_REMOVE		(1 << 17) /* In/Out */
+
+/*
+ * If set, the device is suspended internally.
+ */
+#define DM_INTERNAL_SUSPEND_FLAG	(1 << 18) /* Out */
+
+#endif				/* _LINUX_DM_IOCTL_H */
diff --git a/src/shared/linux/ethtool.h b/src/shared/linux/ethtool.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b06c630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/shared/linux/ethtool.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2021 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
+/*
+ * ethtool.h: Defines for Linux ethtool.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 David S. Miller (davem@redhat.com)
+ * Copyright 2001 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
+ * Portions Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems (thockin@sun.com)
+ * Portions Copyright 2002 Intel (eli.kupermann@intel.com,
+ *                                christopher.leech@intel.com,
+ *                                scott.feldman@intel.com)
+ * Portions Copyright (C) Sun Microsystems 2008
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UAPI_LINUX_ETHTOOL_H
+#define _UAPI_LINUX_ETHTOOL_H
+
+#include <linux/kernel.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/if_ether.h>
+
+#ifndef __KERNEL__
+#include <limits.h> /* for INT_MAX */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __KERNEL_DIV_ROUND_UP
+#define __KERNEL_DIV_ROUND_UP(n, d) (((n) + (d) - 1) / (d))
+#endif
+
+/* All structures exposed to userland should be defined such that they
+ * have the same layout for 32-bit and 64-bit userland.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_cmd - DEPRECATED, link control and status
+ * This structure is DEPRECATED, please use struct ethtool_link_settings.
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GSET or %ETHTOOL_SSET
+ * @supported: Bitmask of %SUPPORTED_* flags for the link modes,
+ *	physical connectors and other link features for which the
+ *	interface supports autonegotiation or auto-detection.
+ *	Read-only.
+ * @advertising: Bitmask of %ADVERTISED_* flags for the link modes,
+ *	physical connectors and other link features that are
+ *	advertised through autonegotiation or enabled for
+ *	auto-detection.
+ * @speed: Low bits of the speed, 1Mb units, 0 to INT_MAX or SPEED_UNKNOWN
+ * @duplex: Duplex mode; one of %DUPLEX_*
+ * @port: Physical connector type; one of %PORT_*
+ * @phy_address: MDIO address of PHY (transceiver); 0 or 255 if not
+ *	applicable.  For clause 45 PHYs this is the PRTAD.
+ * @transceiver: Historically used to distinguish different possible
+ *	PHY types, but not in a consistent way.  Deprecated.
+ * @autoneg: Enable/disable autonegotiation and auto-detection;
+ *	either %AUTONEG_DISABLE or %AUTONEG_ENABLE
+ * @mdio_support: Bitmask of %ETH_MDIO_SUPPORTS_* flags for the MDIO
+ *	protocols supported by the interface; 0 if unknown.
+ *	Read-only.
+ * @maxtxpkt: Historically used to report TX IRQ coalescing; now
+ *	obsoleted by &struct ethtool_coalesce.  Read-only; deprecated.
+ * @maxrxpkt: Historically used to report RX IRQ coalescing; now
+ *	obsoleted by &struct ethtool_coalesce.  Read-only; deprecated.
+ * @speed_hi: High bits of the speed, 1Mb units, 0 to INT_MAX or SPEED_UNKNOWN
+ * @eth_tp_mdix: Ethernet twisted-pair MDI(-X) status; one of
+ *	%ETH_TP_MDI_*.  If the status is unknown or not applicable, the
+ *	value will be %ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID.  Read-only.
+ * @eth_tp_mdix_ctrl: Ethernet twisted pair MDI(-X) control; one of
+ *	%ETH_TP_MDI_*.  If MDI(-X) control is not implemented, reads
+ *	yield %ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID and writes may be ignored or rejected.
+ *	When written successfully, the link should be renegotiated if
+ *	necessary.
+ * @lp_advertising: Bitmask of %ADVERTISED_* flags for the link modes
+ *	and other link features that the link partner advertised
+ *	through autonegotiation; 0 if unknown or not applicable.
+ *	Read-only.
+ *
+ * The link speed in Mbps is split between @speed and @speed_hi.  Use
+ * the ethtool_cmd_speed() and ethtool_cmd_speed_set() functions to
+ * access it.
+ *
+ * If autonegotiation is disabled, the speed and @duplex represent the
+ * fixed link mode and are writable if the driver supports multiple
+ * link modes.  If it is enabled then they are read-only; if the link
+ * is up they represent the negotiated link mode; if the link is down,
+ * the speed is 0, %SPEED_UNKNOWN or the highest enabled speed and
+ * @duplex is %DUPLEX_UNKNOWN or the best enabled duplex mode.
+ *
+ * Some hardware interfaces may have multiple PHYs and/or physical
+ * connectors fitted or do not allow the driver to detect which are
+ * fitted.  For these interfaces @port and/or @phy_address may be
+ * writable, possibly dependent on @autoneg being %AUTONEG_DISABLE.
+ * Otherwise, attempts to write different values may be ignored or
+ * rejected.
+ *
+ * Users should assume that all fields not marked read-only are
+ * writable and subject to validation by the driver.  They should use
+ * %ETHTOOL_GSET to get the current values before making specific
+ * changes and then applying them with %ETHTOOL_SSET.
+ *
+ * Deprecated fields should be ignored by both users and drivers.
+ */
+struct ethtool_cmd {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	supported;
+	__u32	advertising;
+	__u16	speed;
+	__u8	duplex;
+	__u8	port;
+	__u8	phy_address;
+	__u8	transceiver;
+	__u8	autoneg;
+	__u8	mdio_support;
+	__u32	maxtxpkt;
+	__u32	maxrxpkt;
+	__u16	speed_hi;
+	__u8	eth_tp_mdix;
+	__u8	eth_tp_mdix_ctrl;
+	__u32	lp_advertising;
+	__u32	reserved[2];
+};
+
+static inline void ethtool_cmd_speed_set(struct ethtool_cmd *ep,
+					 __u32 speed)
+{
+	ep->speed = (__u16)(speed & 0xFFFF);
+	ep->speed_hi = (__u16)(speed >> 16);
+}
+
+static inline __u32 ethtool_cmd_speed(const struct ethtool_cmd *ep)
+{
+	return ((__u32) ep->speed_hi << 16) | (__u32) ep->speed;
+}
+
+/* Device supports clause 22 register access to PHY or peripherals
+ * using the interface defined in <linux/mii.h>.  This should not be
+ * set if there are known to be no such peripherals present or if
+ * the driver only emulates clause 22 registers for compatibility.
+ */
+#define ETH_MDIO_SUPPORTS_C22	1
+
+/* Device supports clause 45 register access to PHY or peripherals
+ * using the interface defined in <linux/mii.h> and <linux/mdio.h>.
+ * This should not be set if there are known to be no such peripherals
+ * present.
+ */
+#define ETH_MDIO_SUPPORTS_C45	2
+
+#define ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN	32
+#define ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN	32
+#define ETHTOOL_EROMVERS_LEN	32
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_drvinfo - general driver and device information
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO
+ * @driver: Driver short name.  This should normally match the name
+ *	in its bus driver structure (e.g. pci_driver::name).  Must
+ *	not be an empty string.
+ * @version: Driver version string; may be an empty string
+ * @fw_version: Firmware version string; may be an empty string
+ * @erom_version: Expansion ROM version string; may be an empty string
+ * @bus_info: Device bus address.  This should match the dev_name()
+ *	string for the underlying bus device, if there is one.  May be
+ *	an empty string.
+ * @n_priv_flags: Number of flags valid for %ETHTOOL_GPFLAGS and
+ *	%ETHTOOL_SPFLAGS commands; also the number of strings in the
+ *	%ETH_SS_PRIV_FLAGS set
+ * @n_stats: Number of u64 statistics returned by the %ETHTOOL_GSTATS
+ *	command; also the number of strings in the %ETH_SS_STATS set
+ * @testinfo_len: Number of results returned by the %ETHTOOL_TEST
+ *	command; also the number of strings in the %ETH_SS_TEST set
+ * @eedump_len: Size of EEPROM accessible through the %ETHTOOL_GEEPROM
+ *	and %ETHTOOL_SEEPROM commands, in bytes
+ * @regdump_len: Size of register dump returned by the %ETHTOOL_GREGS
+ *	command, in bytes
+ *
+ * Users can use the %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO command to get the number of
+ * strings in any string set (from Linux 2.6.34).
+ *
+ * Drivers should set at most @driver, @version, @fw_version and
+ * @bus_info in their get_drvinfo() implementation.  The ethtool
+ * core fills in the other fields using other driver operations.
+ */
+struct ethtool_drvinfo {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	char	driver[32];
+	char	version[32];
+	char	fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
+	char	bus_info[ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN];
+	char	erom_version[ETHTOOL_EROMVERS_LEN];
+	char	reserved2[12];
+	__u32	n_priv_flags;
+	__u32	n_stats;
+	__u32	testinfo_len;
+	__u32	eedump_len;
+	__u32	regdump_len;
+};
+
+#define SOPASS_MAX	6
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_wolinfo - Wake-On-Lan configuration
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GWOL or %ETHTOOL_SWOL
+ * @supported: Bitmask of %WAKE_* flags for supported Wake-On-Lan modes.
+ *	Read-only.
+ * @wolopts: Bitmask of %WAKE_* flags for enabled Wake-On-Lan modes.
+ * @sopass: SecureOn(tm) password; meaningful only if %WAKE_MAGICSECURE
+ *	is set in @wolopts.
+ */
+struct ethtool_wolinfo {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	supported;
+	__u32	wolopts;
+	__u8	sopass[SOPASS_MAX];
+};
+
+/* for passing single values */
+struct ethtool_value {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	data;
+};
+
+#define PFC_STORM_PREVENTION_AUTO	0xffff
+#define PFC_STORM_PREVENTION_DISABLE	0
+
+enum tunable_id {
+	ETHTOOL_ID_UNSPEC,
+	ETHTOOL_RX_COPYBREAK,
+	ETHTOOL_TX_COPYBREAK,
+	ETHTOOL_PFC_PREVENTION_TOUT, /* timeout in msecs */
+	/*
+	 * Add your fresh new tunable attribute above and remember to update
+	 * tunable_strings[] in net/core/ethtool.c
+	 */
+	__ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_COUNT,
+};
+
+enum tunable_type_id {
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_UNSPEC,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U8,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U16,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U32,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U64,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_STRING,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_S8,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_S16,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_S32,
+	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_S64,
+};
+
+struct ethtool_tunable {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	id;
+	__u32	type_id;
+	__u32	len;
+	void	*data[0];
+};
+
+#define DOWNSHIFT_DEV_DEFAULT_COUNT	0xff
+#define DOWNSHIFT_DEV_DISABLE		0
+
+/* Time in msecs after which link is reported as down
+ * 0 = lowest time supported by the PHY
+ * 0xff = off, link down detection according to standard
+ */
+#define ETHTOOL_PHY_FAST_LINK_DOWN_ON	0
+#define ETHTOOL_PHY_FAST_LINK_DOWN_OFF	0xff
+
+/* Energy Detect Power Down (EDPD) is a feature supported by some PHYs, where
+ * the PHY's RX & TX blocks are put into a low-power mode when there is no
+ * link detected (typically cable is un-plugged). For RX, only a minimal
+ * link-detection is available, and for TX the PHY wakes up to send link pulses
+ * to avoid any lock-ups in case the peer PHY may also be running in EDPD mode.
+ *
+ * Some PHYs may support configuration of the wake-up interval for TX pulses,
+ * and some PHYs may support only disabling TX pulses entirely. For the latter
+ * a special value is required (ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD_NO_TX) so that this can be
+ * configured from userspace (should the user want it).
+ *
+ * The interval units for TX wake-up are in milliseconds, since this should
+ * cover a reasonable range of intervals:
+ *  - from 1 millisecond, which does not sound like much of a power-saver
+ *  - to ~65 seconds which is quite a lot to wait for a link to come up when
+ *    plugging a cable
+ */
+#define ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD_DFLT_TX_MSECS		0xffff
+#define ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD_NO_TX			0xfffe
+#define ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD_DISABLE		0
+
+enum phy_tunable_id {
+	ETHTOOL_PHY_ID_UNSPEC,
+	ETHTOOL_PHY_DOWNSHIFT,
+	ETHTOOL_PHY_FAST_LINK_DOWN,
+	ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD,
+	/*
+	 * Add your fresh new phy tunable attribute above and remember to update
+	 * phy_tunable_strings[] in net/core/ethtool.c
+	 */
+	__ETHTOOL_PHY_TUNABLE_COUNT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_regs - hardware register dump
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GREGS
+ * @version: Dump format version.  This is driver-specific and may
+ *	distinguish different chips/revisions.  Drivers must use new
+ *	version numbers whenever the dump format changes in an
+ *	incompatible way.
+ * @len: On entry, the real length of @data.  On return, the number of
+ *	bytes used.
+ * @data: Buffer for the register dump
+ *
+ * Users should use %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO to find the maximum length of
+ * a register dump for the interface.  They must allocate the buffer
+ * immediately following this structure.
+ */
+struct ethtool_regs {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	version;
+	__u32	len;
+	__u8	data[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_eeprom - EEPROM dump
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GEEPROM, %ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM or
+ *	%ETHTOOL_SEEPROM
+ * @magic: A 'magic cookie' value to guard against accidental changes.
+ *	The value passed in to %ETHTOOL_SEEPROM must match the value
+ *	returned by %ETHTOOL_GEEPROM for the same device.  This is
+ *	unused when @cmd is %ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM.
+ * @offset: Offset within the EEPROM to begin reading/writing, in bytes
+ * @len: On entry, number of bytes to read/write.  On successful
+ *	return, number of bytes actually read/written.  In case of
+ *	error, this may indicate at what point the error occurred.
+ * @data: Buffer to read/write from
+ *
+ * Users may use %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO or %ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO to find
+ * the length of an on-board or module EEPROM, respectively.  They
+ * must allocate the buffer immediately following this structure.
+ */
+struct ethtool_eeprom {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	magic;
+	__u32	offset;
+	__u32	len;
+	__u8	data[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_eee - Energy Efficient Ethernet information
+ * @cmd: ETHTOOL_{G,S}EEE
+ * @supported: Mask of %SUPPORTED_* flags for the speed/duplex combinations
+ *	for which there is EEE support.
+ * @advertised: Mask of %ADVERTISED_* flags for the speed/duplex combinations
+ *	advertised as eee capable.
+ * @lp_advertised: Mask of %ADVERTISED_* flags for the speed/duplex
+ *	combinations advertised by the link partner as eee capable.
+ * @eee_active: Result of the eee auto negotiation.
+ * @eee_enabled: EEE configured mode (enabled/disabled).
+ * @tx_lpi_enabled: Whether the interface should assert its tx lpi, given
+ *	that eee was negotiated.
+ * @tx_lpi_timer: Time in microseconds the interface delays prior to asserting
+ *	its tx lpi (after reaching 'idle' state). Effective only when eee
+ *	was negotiated and tx_lpi_enabled was set.
+ */
+struct ethtool_eee {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	supported;
+	__u32	advertised;
+	__u32	lp_advertised;
+	__u32	eee_active;
+	__u32	eee_enabled;
+	__u32	tx_lpi_enabled;
+	__u32	tx_lpi_timer;
+	__u32	reserved[2];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_modinfo - plugin module eeprom information
+ * @cmd: %ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO
+ * @type: Standard the module information conforms to %ETH_MODULE_SFF_xxxx
+ * @eeprom_len: Length of the eeprom
+ *
+ * This structure is used to return the information to
+ * properly size memory for a subsequent call to %ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM.
+ * The type code indicates the eeprom data format
+ */
+struct ethtool_modinfo {
+	__u32   cmd;
+	__u32   type;
+	__u32   eeprom_len;
+	__u32   reserved[8];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_coalesce - coalescing parameters for IRQs and stats updates
+ * @cmd: ETHTOOL_{G,S}COALESCE
+ * @rx_coalesce_usecs: How many usecs to delay an RX interrupt after
+ *	a packet arrives.
+ * @rx_max_coalesced_frames: Maximum number of packets to receive
+ *	before an RX interrupt.
+ * @rx_coalesce_usecs_irq: Same as @rx_coalesce_usecs, except that
+ *	this value applies while an IRQ is being serviced by the host.
+ * @rx_max_coalesced_frames_irq: Same as @rx_max_coalesced_frames,
+ *	except that this value applies while an IRQ is being serviced
+ *	by the host.
+ * @tx_coalesce_usecs: How many usecs to delay a TX interrupt after
+ *	a packet is sent.
+ * @tx_max_coalesced_frames: Maximum number of packets to be sent
+ *	before a TX interrupt.
+ * @tx_coalesce_usecs_irq: Same as @tx_coalesce_usecs, except that
+ *	this value applies while an IRQ is being serviced by the host.
+ * @tx_max_coalesced_frames_irq: Same as @tx_max_coalesced_frames,
+ *	except that this value applies while an IRQ is being serviced
+ *	by the host.
+ * @stats_block_coalesce_usecs: How many usecs to delay in-memory
+ *	statistics block updates.  Some drivers do not have an
+ *	in-memory statistic block, and in such cases this value is
+ *	ignored.  This value must not be zero.
+ * @use_adaptive_rx_coalesce: Enable adaptive RX coalescing.
+ * @use_adaptive_tx_coalesce: Enable adaptive TX coalescing.
+ * @pkt_rate_low: Threshold for low packet rate (packets per second).
+ * @rx_coalesce_usecs_low: How many usecs to delay an RX interrupt after
+ *	a packet arrives, when the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_low.
+ * @rx_max_coalesced_frames_low: Maximum number of packets to be received
+ *	before an RX interrupt, when the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_low.
+ * @tx_coalesce_usecs_low: How many usecs to delay a TX interrupt after
+ *	a packet is sent, when the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_low.
+ * @tx_max_coalesced_frames_low: Maximum nuumber of packets to be sent before
+ *	a TX interrupt, when the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_low.
+ * @pkt_rate_high: Threshold for high packet rate (packets per second).
+ * @rx_coalesce_usecs_high: How many usecs to delay an RX interrupt after
+ *	a packet arrives, when the packet rate is above @pkt_rate_high.
+ * @rx_max_coalesced_frames_high: Maximum number of packets to be received
+ *	before an RX interrupt, when the packet rate is above @pkt_rate_high.
+ * @tx_coalesce_usecs_high: How many usecs to delay a TX interrupt after
+ *	a packet is sent, when the packet rate is above @pkt_rate_high.
+ * @tx_max_coalesced_frames_high: Maximum number of packets to be sent before
+ *	a TX interrupt, when the packet rate is above @pkt_rate_high.
+ * @rate_sample_interval: How often to do adaptive coalescing packet rate
+ *	sampling, measured in seconds.  Must not be zero.
+ *
+ * Each pair of (usecs, max_frames) fields specifies that interrupts
+ * should be coalesced until
+ *	(usecs > 0 && time_since_first_completion >= usecs) ||
+ *	(max_frames > 0 && completed_frames >= max_frames)
+ *
+ * It is illegal to set both usecs and max_frames to zero as this
+ * would cause interrupts to never be generated.  To disable
+ * coalescing, set usecs = 0 and max_frames = 1.
+ *
+ * Some implementations ignore the value of max_frames and use the
+ * condition time_since_first_completion >= usecs
+ *
+ * This is deprecated.  Drivers for hardware that does not support
+ * counting completions should validate that max_frames == !rx_usecs.
+ *
+ * Adaptive RX/TX coalescing is an algorithm implemented by some
+ * drivers to improve latency under low packet rates and improve
+ * throughput under high packet rates.  Some drivers only implement
+ * one of RX or TX adaptive coalescing.  Anything not implemented by
+ * the driver causes these values to be silently ignored.
+ *
+ * When the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_high but above
+ * @pkt_rate_low (both measured in packets per second) the
+ * normal {rx,tx}_* coalescing parameters are used.
+ */
+struct ethtool_coalesce {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	rx_coalesce_usecs;
+	__u32	rx_max_coalesced_frames;
+	__u32	rx_coalesce_usecs_irq;
+	__u32	rx_max_coalesced_frames_irq;
+	__u32	tx_coalesce_usecs;
+	__u32	tx_max_coalesced_frames;
+	__u32	tx_coalesce_usecs_irq;
+	__u32	tx_max_coalesced_frames_irq;
+	__u32	stats_block_coalesce_usecs;
+	__u32	use_adaptive_rx_coalesce;
+	__u32	use_adaptive_tx_coalesce;
+	__u32	pkt_rate_low;
+	__u32	rx_coalesce_usecs_low;
+	__u32	rx_max_coalesced_frames_low;
+	__u32	tx_coalesce_usecs_low;
+	__u32	tx_max_coalesced_frames_low;
+	__u32	pkt_rate_high;
+	__u32	rx_coalesce_usecs_high;
+	__u32	rx_max_coalesced_frames_high;
+	__u32	tx_coalesce_usecs_high;
+	__u32	tx_max_coalesced_frames_high;
+	__u32	rate_sample_interval;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_ringparam - RX/TX ring parameters
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GRINGPARAM or %ETHTOOL_SRINGPARAM
+ * @rx_max_pending: Maximum supported number of pending entries per
+ *	RX ring.  Read-only.
+ * @rx_mini_max_pending: Maximum supported number of pending entries
+ *	per RX mini ring.  Read-only.
+ * @rx_jumbo_max_pending: Maximum supported number of pending entries
+ *	per RX jumbo ring.  Read-only.
+ * @tx_max_pending: Maximum supported number of pending entries per
+ *	TX ring.  Read-only.
+ * @rx_pending: Current maximum number of pending entries per RX ring
+ * @rx_mini_pending: Current maximum number of pending entries per RX
+ *	mini ring
+ * @rx_jumbo_pending: Current maximum number of pending entries per RX
+ *	jumbo ring
+ * @tx_pending: Current maximum supported number of pending entries
+ *	per TX ring
+ *
+ * If the interface does not have separate RX mini and/or jumbo rings,
+ * @rx_mini_max_pending and/or @rx_jumbo_max_pending will be 0.
+ *
+ * There may also be driver-dependent minimum values for the number
+ * of entries per ring.
+ */
+struct ethtool_ringparam {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	rx_max_pending;
+	__u32	rx_mini_max_pending;
+	__u32	rx_jumbo_max_pending;
+	__u32	tx_max_pending;
+	__u32	rx_pending;
+	__u32	rx_mini_pending;
+	__u32	rx_jumbo_pending;
+	__u32	tx_pending;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_channels - configuring number of network channel
+ * @cmd: ETHTOOL_{G,S}CHANNELS
+ * @max_rx: Read only. Maximum number of receive channel the driver support.
+ * @max_tx: Read only. Maximum number of transmit channel the driver support.
+ * @max_other: Read only. Maximum number of other channel the driver support.
+ * @max_combined: Read only. Maximum number of combined channel the driver
+ *	support. Set of queues RX, TX or other.
+ * @rx_count: Valid values are in the range 1 to the max_rx.
+ * @tx_count: Valid values are in the range 1 to the max_tx.
+ * @other_count: Valid values are in the range 1 to the max_other.
+ * @combined_count: Valid values are in the range 1 to the max_combined.
+ *
+ * This can be used to configure RX, TX and other channels.
+ */
+
+struct ethtool_channels {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	max_rx;
+	__u32	max_tx;
+	__u32	max_other;
+	__u32	max_combined;
+	__u32	rx_count;
+	__u32	tx_count;
+	__u32	other_count;
+	__u32	combined_count;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_pauseparam - Ethernet pause (flow control) parameters
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GPAUSEPARAM or %ETHTOOL_SPAUSEPARAM
+ * @autoneg: Flag to enable autonegotiation of pause frame use
+ * @rx_pause: Flag to enable reception of pause frames
+ * @tx_pause: Flag to enable transmission of pause frames
+ *
+ * Drivers should reject a non-zero setting of @autoneg when
+ * autoneogotiation is disabled (or not supported) for the link.
+ *
+ * If the link is autonegotiated, drivers should use
+ * mii_advertise_flowctrl() or similar code to set the advertised
+ * pause frame capabilities based on the @rx_pause and @tx_pause flags,
+ * even if @autoneg is zero.  They should also allow the advertised
+ * pause frame capabilities to be controlled directly through the
+ * advertising field of &struct ethtool_cmd.
+ *
+ * If @autoneg is non-zero, the MAC is configured to send and/or
+ * receive pause frames according to the result of autonegotiation.
+ * Otherwise, it is configured directly based on the @rx_pause and
+ * @tx_pause flags.
+ */
+struct ethtool_pauseparam {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	autoneg;
+	__u32	rx_pause;
+	__u32	tx_pause;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_link_ext_state - link extended state
+ */
+enum ethtool_link_ext_state {
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_AUTONEG,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_LINK_TRAINING_FAILURE,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_LINK_LOGICAL_MISMATCH,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_BAD_SIGNAL_INTEGRITY,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_NO_CABLE,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_CABLE_ISSUE,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_EEPROM_ISSUE,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_CALIBRATION_FAILURE,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_POWER_BUDGET_EXCEEDED,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_OVERHEAT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_autoneg - more information in addition to
+ * ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_AUTONEG.
+ */
+enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_autoneg {
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_NO_PARTNER_DETECTED = 1,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_ACK_NOT_RECEIVED,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_NEXT_PAGE_EXCHANGE_FAILED,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_NO_PARTNER_DETECTED_FORCE_MODE,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_FEC_MISMATCH_DURING_OVERRIDE,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_NO_HCD,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_link_training - more information in addition to
+ * ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_LINK_TRAINING_FAILURE.
+ */
+enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_link_training {
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LT_KR_FRAME_LOCK_NOT_ACQUIRED = 1,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LT_KR_LINK_INHIBIT_TIMEOUT,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LT_KR_LINK_PARTNER_DID_NOT_SET_RECEIVER_READY,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LT_REMOTE_FAULT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_logical_mismatch - more information in addition
+ * to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_LINK_LOGICAL_MISMATCH.
+ */
+enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_link_logical_mismatch {
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_PCS_DID_NOT_ACQUIRE_BLOCK_LOCK = 1,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_PCS_DID_NOT_ACQUIRE_AM_LOCK,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_PCS_DID_NOT_GET_ALIGN_STATUS,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_FC_FEC_IS_NOT_LOCKED,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_RS_FEC_IS_NOT_LOCKED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_bad_signal_integrity - more information in
+ * addition to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_BAD_SIGNAL_INTEGRITY.
+ */
+enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_bad_signal_integrity {
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_BSI_LARGE_NUMBER_OF_PHYSICAL_ERRORS = 1,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_BSI_UNSUPPORTED_RATE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_cable_issue - more information in
+ * addition to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_CABLE_ISSUE.
+ */
+enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_cable_issue {
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_CI_UNSUPPORTED_CABLE = 1,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_CI_CABLE_TEST_FAILURE,
+};
+
+#define ETH_GSTRING_LEN		32
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_stringset - string set ID
+ * @ETH_SS_TEST: Self-test result names, for use with %ETHTOOL_TEST
+ * @ETH_SS_STATS: Statistic names, for use with %ETHTOOL_GSTATS
+ * @ETH_SS_PRIV_FLAGS: Driver private flag names, for use with
+ *	%ETHTOOL_GPFLAGS and %ETHTOOL_SPFLAGS
+ * @ETH_SS_NTUPLE_FILTERS: Previously used with %ETHTOOL_GRXNTUPLE;
+ *	now deprecated
+ * @ETH_SS_FEATURES: Device feature names
+ * @ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS: RSS hush function names
+ * @ETH_SS_PHY_STATS: Statistic names, for use with %ETHTOOL_GPHYSTATS
+ * @ETH_SS_PHY_TUNABLES: PHY tunable names
+ * @ETH_SS_LINK_MODES: link mode names
+ * @ETH_SS_MSG_CLASSES: debug message class names
+ * @ETH_SS_WOL_MODES: wake-on-lan modes
+ * @ETH_SS_SOF_TIMESTAMPING: SOF_TIMESTAMPING_* flags
+ * @ETH_SS_TS_TX_TYPES: timestamping Tx types
+ * @ETH_SS_TS_RX_FILTERS: timestamping Rx filters
+ * @ETH_SS_UDP_TUNNEL_TYPES: UDP tunnel types
+ */
+enum ethtool_stringset {
+	ETH_SS_TEST		= 0,
+	ETH_SS_STATS,
+	ETH_SS_PRIV_FLAGS,
+	ETH_SS_NTUPLE_FILTERS,
+	ETH_SS_FEATURES,
+	ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS,
+	ETH_SS_TUNABLES,
+	ETH_SS_PHY_STATS,
+	ETH_SS_PHY_TUNABLES,
+	ETH_SS_LINK_MODES,
+	ETH_SS_MSG_CLASSES,
+	ETH_SS_WOL_MODES,
+	ETH_SS_SOF_TIMESTAMPING,
+	ETH_SS_TS_TX_TYPES,
+	ETH_SS_TS_RX_FILTERS,
+	ETH_SS_UDP_TUNNEL_TYPES,
+
+	/* add new constants above here */
+	ETH_SS_COUNT
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_gstrings - string set for data tagging
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS
+ * @string_set: String set ID; one of &enum ethtool_stringset
+ * @len: On return, the number of strings in the string set
+ * @data: Buffer for strings.  Each string is null-padded to a size of
+ *	%ETH_GSTRING_LEN.
+ *
+ * Users must use %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO to find the number of strings in
+ * the string set.  They must allocate a buffer of the appropriate
+ * size immediately following this structure.
+ */
+struct ethtool_gstrings {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	string_set;
+	__u32	len;
+	__u8	data[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_sset_info - string set information
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO
+ * @sset_mask: On entry, a bitmask of string sets to query, with bits
+ *	numbered according to &enum ethtool_stringset.  On return, a
+ *	bitmask of those string sets queried that are supported.
+ * @data: Buffer for string set sizes.  On return, this contains the
+ *	size of each string set that was queried and supported, in
+ *	order of ID.
+ *
+ * Example: The user passes in @sset_mask = 0x7 (sets 0, 1, 2) and on
+ * return @sset_mask == 0x6 (sets 1, 2).  Then @data[0] contains the
+ * size of set 1 and @data[1] contains the size of set 2.
+ *
+ * Users must allocate a buffer of the appropriate size (4 * number of
+ * sets queried) immediately following this structure.
+ */
+struct ethtool_sset_info {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	reserved;
+	__u64	sset_mask;
+	__u32	data[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_test_flags - flags definition of ethtool_test
+ * @ETH_TEST_FL_OFFLINE: if set perform online and offline tests, otherwise
+ *	only online tests.
+ * @ETH_TEST_FL_FAILED: Driver set this flag if test fails.
+ * @ETH_TEST_FL_EXTERNAL_LB: Application request to perform external loopback
+ *	test.
+ * @ETH_TEST_FL_EXTERNAL_LB_DONE: Driver performed the external loopback test
+ */
+
+enum ethtool_test_flags {
+	ETH_TEST_FL_OFFLINE	= (1 << 0),
+	ETH_TEST_FL_FAILED	= (1 << 1),
+	ETH_TEST_FL_EXTERNAL_LB	= (1 << 2),
+	ETH_TEST_FL_EXTERNAL_LB_DONE	= (1 << 3),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_test - device self-test invocation
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_TEST
+ * @flags: A bitmask of flags from &enum ethtool_test_flags.  Some
+ *	flags may be set by the user on entry; others may be set by
+ *	the driver on return.
+ * @len: On return, the number of test results
+ * @data: Array of test results
+ *
+ * Users must use %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO or %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO to find the
+ * number of test results that will be returned.  They must allocate a
+ * buffer of the appropriate size (8 * number of results) immediately
+ * following this structure.
+ */
+struct ethtool_test {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	flags;
+	__u32	reserved;
+	__u32	len;
+	__u64	data[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_stats - device-specific statistics
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GSTATS
+ * @n_stats: On return, the number of statistics
+ * @data: Array of statistics
+ *
+ * Users must use %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO or %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO to find the
+ * number of statistics that will be returned.  They must allocate a
+ * buffer of the appropriate size (8 * number of statistics)
+ * immediately following this structure.
+ */
+struct ethtool_stats {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	n_stats;
+	__u64	data[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_perm_addr - permanent hardware address
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GPERMADDR
+ * @size: On entry, the size of the buffer.  On return, the size of the
+ *	address.  The command fails if the buffer is too small.
+ * @data: Buffer for the address
+ *
+ * Users must allocate the buffer immediately following this structure.
+ * A buffer size of %MAX_ADDR_LEN should be sufficient for any address
+ * type.
+ */
+struct ethtool_perm_addr {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	size;
+	__u8	data[0];
+};
+
+/* boolean flags controlling per-interface behavior characteristics.
+ * When reading, the flag indicates whether or not a certain behavior
+ * is enabled/present.  When writing, the flag indicates whether
+ * or not the driver should turn on (set) or off (clear) a behavior.
+ *
+ * Some behaviors may read-only (unconditionally absent or present).
+ * If such is the case, return EINVAL in the set-flags operation if the
+ * flag differs from the read-only value.
+ */
+enum ethtool_flags {
+	ETH_FLAG_TXVLAN		= (1 << 7),	/* TX VLAN offload enabled */
+	ETH_FLAG_RXVLAN		= (1 << 8),	/* RX VLAN offload enabled */
+	ETH_FLAG_LRO		= (1 << 15),	/* LRO is enabled */
+	ETH_FLAG_NTUPLE		= (1 << 27),	/* N-tuple filters enabled */
+	ETH_FLAG_RXHASH		= (1 << 28),
+};
+
+/* The following structures are for supporting RX network flow
+ * classification and RX n-tuple configuration. Note, all multibyte
+ * fields, e.g., ip4src, ip4dst, psrc, pdst, spi, etc. are expected to
+ * be in network byte order.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec - flow specification for TCP/IPv4 etc.
+ * @ip4src: Source host
+ * @ip4dst: Destination host
+ * @psrc: Source port
+ * @pdst: Destination port
+ * @tos: Type-of-service
+ *
+ * This can be used to specify a TCP/IPv4, UDP/IPv4 or SCTP/IPv4 flow.
+ */
+struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec {
+	__be32	ip4src;
+	__be32	ip4dst;
+	__be16	psrc;
+	__be16	pdst;
+	__u8    tos;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec - flow specification for IPsec/IPv4
+ * @ip4src: Source host
+ * @ip4dst: Destination host
+ * @spi: Security parameters index
+ * @tos: Type-of-service
+ *
+ * This can be used to specify an IPsec transport or tunnel over IPv4.
+ */
+struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec {
+	__be32	ip4src;
+	__be32	ip4dst;
+	__be32	spi;
+	__u8    tos;
+};
+
+#define	ETH_RX_NFC_IP4	1
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_usrip4_spec - general flow specification for IPv4
+ * @ip4src: Source host
+ * @ip4dst: Destination host
+ * @l4_4_bytes: First 4 bytes of transport (layer 4) header
+ * @tos: Type-of-service
+ * @ip_ver: Value must be %ETH_RX_NFC_IP4; mask must be 0
+ * @proto: Transport protocol number; mask must be 0
+ */
+struct ethtool_usrip4_spec {
+	__be32	ip4src;
+	__be32	ip4dst;
+	__be32	l4_4_bytes;
+	__u8    tos;
+	__u8    ip_ver;
+	__u8    proto;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec - flow specification for TCP/IPv6 etc.
+ * @ip6src: Source host
+ * @ip6dst: Destination host
+ * @psrc: Source port
+ * @pdst: Destination port
+ * @tclass: Traffic Class
+ *
+ * This can be used to specify a TCP/IPv6, UDP/IPv6 or SCTP/IPv6 flow.
+ */
+struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec {
+	__be32	ip6src[4];
+	__be32	ip6dst[4];
+	__be16	psrc;
+	__be16	pdst;
+	__u8    tclass;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_ah_espip6_spec - flow specification for IPsec/IPv6
+ * @ip6src: Source host
+ * @ip6dst: Destination host
+ * @spi: Security parameters index
+ * @tclass: Traffic Class
+ *
+ * This can be used to specify an IPsec transport or tunnel over IPv6.
+ */
+struct ethtool_ah_espip6_spec {
+	__be32	ip6src[4];
+	__be32	ip6dst[4];
+	__be32	spi;
+	__u8    tclass;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_usrip6_spec - general flow specification for IPv6
+ * @ip6src: Source host
+ * @ip6dst: Destination host
+ * @l4_4_bytes: First 4 bytes of transport (layer 4) header
+ * @tclass: Traffic Class
+ * @l4_proto: Transport protocol number (nexthdr after any Extension Headers)
+ */
+struct ethtool_usrip6_spec {
+	__be32	ip6src[4];
+	__be32	ip6dst[4];
+	__be32	l4_4_bytes;
+	__u8    tclass;
+	__u8    l4_proto;
+};
+
+union ethtool_flow_union {
+	struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		tcp_ip4_spec;
+	struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		udp_ip4_spec;
+	struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		sctp_ip4_spec;
+	struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec		ah_ip4_spec;
+	struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec		esp_ip4_spec;
+	struct ethtool_usrip4_spec		usr_ip4_spec;
+	struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec		tcp_ip6_spec;
+	struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec		udp_ip6_spec;
+	struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec		sctp_ip6_spec;
+	struct ethtool_ah_espip6_spec		ah_ip6_spec;
+	struct ethtool_ah_espip6_spec		esp_ip6_spec;
+	struct ethtool_usrip6_spec		usr_ip6_spec;
+	struct ethhdr				ether_spec;
+	__u8					hdata[52];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_flow_ext - additional RX flow fields
+ * @h_dest: destination MAC address
+ * @vlan_etype: VLAN EtherType
+ * @vlan_tci: VLAN tag control information
+ * @data: user defined data
+ *
+ * Note, @vlan_etype, @vlan_tci, and @data are only valid if %FLOW_EXT
+ * is set in &struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec @flow_type.
+ * @h_dest is valid if %FLOW_MAC_EXT is set.
+ */
+struct ethtool_flow_ext {
+	__u8		padding[2];
+	unsigned char	h_dest[ETH_ALEN];
+	__be16		vlan_etype;
+	__be16		vlan_tci;
+	__be32		data[2];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec - classification rule for RX flows
+ * @flow_type: Type of match to perform, e.g. %TCP_V4_FLOW
+ * @h_u: Flow fields to match (dependent on @flow_type)
+ * @h_ext: Additional fields to match
+ * @m_u: Masks for flow field bits to be matched
+ * @m_ext: Masks for additional field bits to be matched
+ *	Note, all additional fields must be ignored unless @flow_type
+ *	includes the %FLOW_EXT or %FLOW_MAC_EXT flag
+ *	(see &struct ethtool_flow_ext description).
+ * @ring_cookie: RX ring/queue index to deliver to, or %RX_CLS_FLOW_DISC
+ *	if packets should be discarded, or %RX_CLS_FLOW_WAKE if the
+ *	packets should be used for Wake-on-LAN with %WAKE_FILTER
+ * @location: Location of rule in the table.  Locations must be
+ *	numbered such that a flow matching multiple rules will be
+ *	classified according to the first (lowest numbered) rule.
+ */
+struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec {
+	__u32		flow_type;
+	union ethtool_flow_union h_u;
+	struct ethtool_flow_ext h_ext;
+	union ethtool_flow_union m_u;
+	struct ethtool_flow_ext m_ext;
+	__u64		ring_cookie;
+	__u32		location;
+};
+
+/* How rings are laid out when accessing virtual functions or
+ * offloaded queues is device specific. To allow users to do flow
+ * steering and specify these queues the ring cookie is partitioned
+ * into a 32bit queue index with an 8 bit virtual function id.
+ * This also leaves the 3bytes for further specifiers. It is possible
+ * future devices may support more than 256 virtual functions if
+ * devices start supporting PCIe w/ARI. However at the moment I
+ * do not know of any devices that support this so I do not reserve
+ * space for this at this time. If a future patch consumes the next
+ * byte it should be aware of this possibility.
+ */
+#define ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING	0x00000000FFFFFFFFLL
+#define ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING_VF	0x000000FF00000000LL
+#define ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING_VF_OFF 32
+static inline __u64 ethtool_get_flow_spec_ring(__u64 ring_cookie)
+{
+	return ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING & ring_cookie;
+}
+
+static inline __u64 ethtool_get_flow_spec_ring_vf(__u64 ring_cookie)
+{
+	return (ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING_VF & ring_cookie) >>
+				ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING_VF_OFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_rxnfc - command to get or set RX flow classification rules
+ * @cmd: Specific command number - %ETHTOOL_GRXFH, %ETHTOOL_SRXFH,
+ *	%ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS, %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT, %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE,
+ *	%ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL, %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLDEL or %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS
+ * @flow_type: Type of flow to be affected, e.g. %TCP_V4_FLOW
+ * @data: Command-dependent value
+ * @fs: Flow classification rule
+ * @rss_context: RSS context to be affected
+ * @rule_cnt: Number of rules to be affected
+ * @rule_locs: Array of used rule locations
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_GRXFH and %ETHTOOL_SRXFH, @data is a bitmask indicating
+ * the fields included in the flow hash, e.g. %RXH_IP_SRC.  The following
+ * structure fields must not be used, except that if @flow_type includes
+ * the %FLOW_RSS flag, then @rss_context determines which RSS context to
+ * act on.
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS, @data is set to the number of RX rings/queues
+ * on return.
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT, @rule_cnt is set to the number of defined
+ * rules on return.  If @data is non-zero on return then it is the
+ * size of the rule table, plus the flag %RX_CLS_LOC_SPECIAL if the
+ * driver supports any special location values.  If that flag is not
+ * set in @data then special location values should not be used.
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE, @fs.@location specifies the location of an
+ * existing rule on entry and @fs contains the rule on return; if
+ * @fs.@flow_type includes the %FLOW_RSS flag, then @rss_context is
+ * filled with the RSS context ID associated with the rule.
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL, @rule_cnt specifies the array size of the
+ * user buffer for @rule_locs on entry.  On return, @data is the size
+ * of the rule table, @rule_cnt is the number of defined rules, and
+ * @rule_locs contains the locations of the defined rules.  Drivers
+ * must use the second parameter to get_rxnfc() instead of @rule_locs.
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS, @fs specifies the rule to add or update.
+ * @fs.@location either specifies the location to use or is a special
+ * location value with %RX_CLS_LOC_SPECIAL flag set.  On return,
+ * @fs.@location is the actual rule location.  If @fs.@flow_type
+ * includes the %FLOW_RSS flag, @rss_context is the RSS context ID to
+ * use for flow spreading traffic which matches this rule.  The value
+ * from the rxfh indirection table will be added to @fs.@ring_cookie
+ * to choose which ring to deliver to.
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLDEL, @fs.@location specifies the location of an
+ * existing rule on entry.
+ *
+ * A driver supporting the special location values for
+ * %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS may add the rule at any suitable unused
+ * location, and may remove a rule at a later location (lower
+ * priority) that matches exactly the same set of flows.  The special
+ * values are %RX_CLS_LOC_ANY, selecting any location;
+ * %RX_CLS_LOC_FIRST, selecting the first suitable location (maximum
+ * priority); and %RX_CLS_LOC_LAST, selecting the last suitable
+ * location (minimum priority).  Additional special values may be
+ * defined in future and drivers must return -%EINVAL for any
+ * unrecognised value.
+ */
+struct ethtool_rxnfc {
+	__u32				cmd;
+	__u32				flow_type;
+	__u64				data;
+	struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec	fs;
+	union {
+		__u32			rule_cnt;
+		__u32			rss_context;
+	};
+	__u32				rule_locs[0];
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_rxfh_indir - command to get or set RX flow hash indirection
+ * @cmd: Specific command number - %ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR or %ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR
+ * @size: On entry, the array size of the user buffer, which may be zero.
+ *	On return from %ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR, the array size of the hardware
+ *	indirection table.
+ * @ring_index: RX ring/queue index for each hash value
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR, a @size of zero means that only the size
+ * should be returned.  For %ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR, a @size of zero means
+ * the table should be reset to default values.  This last feature
+ * is not supported by the original implementations.
+ */
+struct ethtool_rxfh_indir {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	size;
+	__u32	ring_index[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_rxfh - command to get/set RX flow hash indir or/and hash key.
+ * @cmd: Specific command number - %ETHTOOL_GRSSH or %ETHTOOL_SRSSH
+ * @rss_context: RSS context identifier.  Context 0 is the default for normal
+ *	traffic; other contexts can be referenced as the destination for RX flow
+ *	classification rules.  %ETH_RXFH_CONTEXT_ALLOC is used with command
+ *	%ETHTOOL_SRSSH to allocate a new RSS context; on return this field will
+ *	contain the ID of the newly allocated context.
+ * @indir_size: On entry, the array size of the user buffer for the
+ *	indirection table, which may be zero, or (for %ETHTOOL_SRSSH),
+ *	%ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE.  On return from %ETHTOOL_GRSSH,
+ *	the array size of the hardware indirection table.
+ * @key_size: On entry, the array size of the user buffer for the hash key,
+ *	which may be zero.  On return from %ETHTOOL_GRSSH, the size of the
+ *	hardware hash key.
+ * @hfunc: Defines the current RSS hash function used by HW (or to be set to).
+ *	Valid values are one of the %ETH_RSS_HASH_*.
+ * @rsvd:	Reserved for future extensions.
+ * @rss_config: RX ring/queue index for each hash value i.e., indirection table
+ *	of @indir_size __u32 elements, followed by hash key of @key_size
+ *	bytes.
+ *
+ * For %ETHTOOL_GRSSH, a @indir_size and key_size of zero means that only the
+ * size should be returned.  For %ETHTOOL_SRSSH, an @indir_size of
+ * %ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE means that indir table setting is not requested
+ * and a @indir_size of zero means the indir table should be reset to default
+ * values (if @rss_context == 0) or that the RSS context should be deleted.
+ * An hfunc of zero means that hash function setting is not requested.
+ */
+struct ethtool_rxfh {
+	__u32   cmd;
+	__u32	rss_context;
+	__u32   indir_size;
+	__u32   key_size;
+	__u8	hfunc;
+	__u8	rsvd8[3];
+	__u32	rsvd32;
+	__u32   rss_config[0];
+};
+#define ETH_RXFH_CONTEXT_ALLOC		0xffffffff
+#define ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE	0xffffffff
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_rx_ntuple_flow_spec - specification for RX flow filter
+ * @flow_type: Type of match to perform, e.g. %TCP_V4_FLOW
+ * @h_u: Flow field values to match (dependent on @flow_type)
+ * @m_u: Masks for flow field value bits to be ignored
+ * @vlan_tag: VLAN tag to match
+ * @vlan_tag_mask: Mask for VLAN tag bits to be ignored
+ * @data: Driver-dependent data to match
+ * @data_mask: Mask for driver-dependent data bits to be ignored
+ * @action: RX ring/queue index to deliver to (non-negative) or other action
+ *	(negative, e.g. %ETHTOOL_RXNTUPLE_ACTION_DROP)
+ *
+ * For flow types %TCP_V4_FLOW, %UDP_V4_FLOW and %SCTP_V4_FLOW, where
+ * a field value and mask are both zero this is treated as if all mask
+ * bits are set i.e. the field is ignored.
+ */
+struct ethtool_rx_ntuple_flow_spec {
+	__u32		 flow_type;
+	union {
+		struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		tcp_ip4_spec;
+		struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		udp_ip4_spec;
+		struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		sctp_ip4_spec;
+		struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec		ah_ip4_spec;
+		struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec		esp_ip4_spec;
+		struct ethtool_usrip4_spec		usr_ip4_spec;
+		struct ethhdr				ether_spec;
+		__u8					hdata[72];
+	} h_u, m_u;
+
+	__u16	        vlan_tag;
+	__u16	        vlan_tag_mask;
+	__u64		data;
+	__u64		data_mask;
+
+	__s32		action;
+#define ETHTOOL_RXNTUPLE_ACTION_DROP	(-1)	/* drop packet */
+#define ETHTOOL_RXNTUPLE_ACTION_CLEAR	(-2)	/* clear filter */
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_rx_ntuple - command to set or clear RX flow filter
+ * @cmd: Command number - %ETHTOOL_SRXNTUPLE
+ * @fs: Flow filter specification
+ */
+struct ethtool_rx_ntuple {
+	__u32					cmd;
+	struct ethtool_rx_ntuple_flow_spec	fs;
+};
+
+#define ETHTOOL_FLASH_MAX_FILENAME	128
+enum ethtool_flash_op_type {
+	ETHTOOL_FLASH_ALL_REGIONS	= 0,
+};
+
+/* for passing firmware flashing related parameters */
+struct ethtool_flash {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	region;
+	char	data[ETHTOOL_FLASH_MAX_FILENAME];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_dump - used for retrieving, setting device dump
+ * @cmd: Command number - %ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_FLAG, %ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_DATA, or
+ * 	%ETHTOOL_SET_DUMP
+ * @version: FW version of the dump, filled in by driver
+ * @flag: driver dependent flag for dump setting, filled in by driver during
+ *        get and filled in by ethtool for set operation.
+ *        flag must be initialized by macro ETH_FW_DUMP_DISABLE value when
+ *        firmware dump is disabled.
+ * @len: length of dump data, used as the length of the user buffer on entry to
+ * 	 %ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_DATA and this is returned as dump length by driver
+ * 	 for %ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_FLAG command
+ * @data: data collected for get dump data operation
+ */
+struct ethtool_dump {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	version;
+	__u32	flag;
+	__u32	len;
+	__u8	data[0];
+};
+
+#define ETH_FW_DUMP_DISABLE 0
+
+/* for returning and changing feature sets */
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_get_features_block - block with state of 32 features
+ * @available: mask of changeable features
+ * @requested: mask of features requested to be enabled if possible
+ * @active: mask of currently enabled features
+ * @never_changed: mask of features not changeable for any device
+ */
+struct ethtool_get_features_block {
+	__u32	available;
+	__u32	requested;
+	__u32	active;
+	__u32	never_changed;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_gfeatures - command to get state of device's features
+ * @cmd: command number = %ETHTOOL_GFEATURES
+ * @size: On entry, the number of elements in the features[] array;
+ *	on return, the number of elements in features[] needed to hold
+ *	all features
+ * @features: state of features
+ */
+struct ethtool_gfeatures {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	size;
+	struct ethtool_get_features_block features[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_set_features_block - block with request for 32 features
+ * @valid: mask of features to be changed
+ * @requested: values of features to be changed
+ */
+struct ethtool_set_features_block {
+	__u32	valid;
+	__u32	requested;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_sfeatures - command to request change in device's features
+ * @cmd: command number = %ETHTOOL_SFEATURES
+ * @size: array size of the features[] array
+ * @features: feature change masks
+ */
+struct ethtool_sfeatures {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	size;
+	struct ethtool_set_features_block features[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_ts_info - holds a device's timestamping and PHC association
+ * @cmd: command number = %ETHTOOL_GET_TS_INFO
+ * @so_timestamping: bit mask of the sum of the supported SO_TIMESTAMPING flags
+ * @phc_index: device index of the associated PHC, or -1 if there is none
+ * @tx_types: bit mask of the supported hwtstamp_tx_types enumeration values
+ * @rx_filters: bit mask of the supported hwtstamp_rx_filters enumeration values
+ *
+ * The bits in the 'tx_types' and 'rx_filters' fields correspond to
+ * the 'hwtstamp_tx_types' and 'hwtstamp_rx_filters' enumeration values,
+ * respectively.  For example, if the device supports HWTSTAMP_TX_ON,
+ * then (1 << HWTSTAMP_TX_ON) in 'tx_types' will be set.
+ *
+ * Drivers should only report the filters they actually support without
+ * upscaling in the SIOCSHWTSTAMP ioctl. If the SIOCSHWSTAMP request for
+ * HWTSTAMP_FILTER_V1_SYNC is supported by HWTSTAMP_FILTER_V1_EVENT, then the
+ * driver should only report HWTSTAMP_FILTER_V1_EVENT in this op.
+ */
+struct ethtool_ts_info {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	so_timestamping;
+	__s32	phc_index;
+	__u32	tx_types;
+	__u32	tx_reserved[3];
+	__u32	rx_filters;
+	__u32	rx_reserved[3];
+};
+
+/*
+ * %ETHTOOL_SFEATURES changes features present in features[].valid to the
+ * values of corresponding bits in features[].requested. Bits in .requested
+ * not set in .valid or not changeable are ignored.
+ *
+ * Returns %EINVAL when .valid contains undefined or never-changeable bits
+ * or size is not equal to required number of features words (32-bit blocks).
+ * Returns >= 0 if request was completed; bits set in the value mean:
+ *   %ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED - there were bits set in .valid that are not
+ *	changeable (not present in %ETHTOOL_GFEATURES' features[].available)
+ *	those bits were ignored.
+ *   %ETHTOOL_F_WISH - some or all changes requested were recorded but the
+ *      resulting state of bits masked by .valid is not equal to .requested.
+ *      Probably there are other device-specific constraints on some features
+ *      in the set. When %ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED is set, .valid is considered
+ *      here as though ignored bits were cleared.
+ *   %ETHTOOL_F_COMPAT - some or all changes requested were made by calling
+ *      compatibility functions. Requested offload state cannot be properly
+ *      managed by kernel.
+ *
+ * Meaning of bits in the masks are obtained by %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO (number of
+ * bits in the arrays - always multiple of 32) and %ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS commands
+ * for ETH_SS_FEATURES string set. First entry in the table corresponds to least
+ * significant bit in features[0] fields. Empty strings mark undefined features.
+ */
+enum ethtool_sfeatures_retval_bits {
+	ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED__BIT,
+	ETHTOOL_F_WISH__BIT,
+	ETHTOOL_F_COMPAT__BIT,
+};
+
+#define ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED   (1 << ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED__BIT)
+#define ETHTOOL_F_WISH          (1 << ETHTOOL_F_WISH__BIT)
+#define ETHTOOL_F_COMPAT        (1 << ETHTOOL_F_COMPAT__BIT)
+
+#define MAX_NUM_QUEUE		4096
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_per_queue_op - apply sub command to the queues in mask.
+ * @cmd: ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE
+ * @sub_command: the sub command which apply to each queues
+ * @queue_mask: Bitmap of the queues which sub command apply to
+ * @data: A complete command structure following for each of the queues addressed
+ */
+struct ethtool_per_queue_op {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	sub_command;
+	__u32	queue_mask[__KERNEL_DIV_ROUND_UP(MAX_NUM_QUEUE, 32)];
+	char	data[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_fecparam - Ethernet forward error correction(fec) parameters
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GFECPARAM or %ETHTOOL_SFECPARAM
+ * @active_fec: FEC mode which is active on porte
+ * @fec: Bitmask of supported/configured FEC modes
+ * @rsvd: Reserved for future extensions. i.e FEC bypass feature.
+ *
+ * Drivers should reject a non-zero setting of @autoneg when
+ * autoneogotiation is disabled (or not supported) for the link.
+ *
+ */
+struct ethtool_fecparam {
+	__u32   cmd;
+	/* bitmask of FEC modes */
+	__u32   active_fec;
+	__u32   fec;
+	__u32   reserved;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ethtool_fec_config_bits - flags definition of ethtool_fec_configuration
+ * @ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE: FEC mode configuration is not supported
+ * @ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO: Default/Best FEC mode provided by driver
+ * @ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF: No FEC Mode
+ * @ETHTOOL_FEC_RS: Reed-Solomon Forward Error Detection mode
+ * @ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER: Base-R/Reed-Solomon Forward Error Detection mode
+ */
+enum ethtool_fec_config_bits {
+	ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE_BIT,
+	ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO_BIT,
+	ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF_BIT,
+	ETHTOOL_FEC_RS_BIT,
+	ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER_BIT,
+	ETHTOOL_FEC_LLRS_BIT,
+};
+
+#define ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE		(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE_BIT)
+#define ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO		(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO_BIT)
+#define ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF			(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF_BIT)
+#define ETHTOOL_FEC_RS			(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_RS_BIT)
+#define ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER		(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER_BIT)
+#define ETHTOOL_FEC_LLRS		(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_LLRS_BIT)
+
+/* CMDs currently supported */
+#define ETHTOOL_GSET		0x00000001 /* DEPRECATED, Get settings.
+					    * Please use ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS
+					    */
+#define ETHTOOL_SSET		0x00000002 /* DEPRECATED, Set settings.
+					    * Please use ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS
+					    */
+#define ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO	0x00000003 /* Get driver info. */
+#define ETHTOOL_GREGS		0x00000004 /* Get NIC registers. */
+#define ETHTOOL_GWOL		0x00000005 /* Get wake-on-lan options. */
+#define ETHTOOL_SWOL		0x00000006 /* Set wake-on-lan options. */
+#define ETHTOOL_GMSGLVL		0x00000007 /* Get driver message level */
+#define ETHTOOL_SMSGLVL		0x00000008 /* Set driver msg level. */
+#define ETHTOOL_NWAY_RST	0x00000009 /* Restart autonegotiation. */
+/* Get link status for host, i.e. whether the interface *and* the
+ * physical port (if there is one) are up (ethtool_value). */
+#define ETHTOOL_GLINK		0x0000000a
+#define ETHTOOL_GEEPROM		0x0000000b /* Get EEPROM data */
+#define ETHTOOL_SEEPROM		0x0000000c /* Set EEPROM data. */
+#define ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE	0x0000000e /* Get coalesce config */
+#define ETHTOOL_SCOALESCE	0x0000000f /* Set coalesce config. */
+#define ETHTOOL_GRINGPARAM	0x00000010 /* Get ring parameters */
+#define ETHTOOL_SRINGPARAM	0x00000011 /* Set ring parameters. */
+#define ETHTOOL_GPAUSEPARAM	0x00000012 /* Get pause parameters */
+#define ETHTOOL_SPAUSEPARAM	0x00000013 /* Set pause parameters. */
+#define ETHTOOL_GRXCSUM		0x00000014 /* Get RX hw csum enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_SRXCSUM		0x00000015 /* Set RX hw csum enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_GTXCSUM		0x00000016 /* Get TX hw csum enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_STXCSUM		0x00000017 /* Set TX hw csum enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_GSG		0x00000018 /* Get scatter-gather enable
+					    * (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_SSG		0x00000019 /* Set scatter-gather enable
+					    * (ethtool_value). */
+#define ETHTOOL_TEST		0x0000001a /* execute NIC self-test. */
+#define ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS	0x0000001b /* get specified string set */
+#define ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID		0x0000001c /* identify the NIC */
+#define ETHTOOL_GSTATS		0x0000001d /* get NIC-specific statistics */
+#define ETHTOOL_GTSO		0x0000001e /* Get TSO enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_STSO		0x0000001f /* Set TSO enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_GPERMADDR	0x00000020 /* Get permanent hardware address */
+#define ETHTOOL_GUFO		0x00000021 /* Get UFO enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_SUFO		0x00000022 /* Set UFO enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_GGSO		0x00000023 /* Get GSO enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_SGSO		0x00000024 /* Set GSO enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_GFLAGS		0x00000025 /* Get flags bitmap(ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_SFLAGS		0x00000026 /* Set flags bitmap(ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_GPFLAGS		0x00000027 /* Get driver-private flags bitmap */
+#define ETHTOOL_SPFLAGS		0x00000028 /* Set driver-private flags bitmap */
+
+#define ETHTOOL_GRXFH		0x00000029 /* Get RX flow hash configuration */
+#define ETHTOOL_SRXFH		0x0000002a /* Set RX flow hash configuration */
+#define ETHTOOL_GGRO		0x0000002b /* Get GRO enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_SGRO		0x0000002c /* Set GRO enable (ethtool_value) */
+#define ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS	0x0000002d /* Get RX rings available for LB */
+#define ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT	0x0000002e /* Get RX class rule count */
+#define ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE	0x0000002f /* Get RX classification rule */
+#define ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL	0x00000030 /* Get all RX classification rule */
+#define ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLDEL	0x00000031 /* Delete RX classification rule */
+#define ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS	0x00000032 /* Insert RX classification rule */
+#define ETHTOOL_FLASHDEV	0x00000033 /* Flash firmware to device */
+#define ETHTOOL_RESET		0x00000034 /* Reset hardware */
+#define ETHTOOL_SRXNTUPLE	0x00000035 /* Add an n-tuple filter to device */
+#define ETHTOOL_GRXNTUPLE	0x00000036 /* deprecated */
+#define ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO	0x00000037 /* Get string set info */
+#define ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR	0x00000038 /* Get RX flow hash indir'n table */
+#define ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR	0x00000039 /* Set RX flow hash indir'n table */
+
+#define ETHTOOL_GFEATURES	0x0000003a /* Get device offload settings */
+#define ETHTOOL_SFEATURES	0x0000003b /* Change device offload settings */
+#define ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS	0x0000003c /* Get no of channels */
+#define ETHTOOL_SCHANNELS	0x0000003d /* Set no of channels */
+#define ETHTOOL_SET_DUMP	0x0000003e /* Set dump settings */
+#define ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_FLAG	0x0000003f /* Get dump settings */
+#define ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_DATA	0x00000040 /* Get dump data */
+#define ETHTOOL_GET_TS_INFO	0x00000041 /* Get time stamping and PHC info */
+#define ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO	0x00000042 /* Get plug-in module information */
+#define ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM	0x00000043 /* Get plug-in module eeprom */
+#define ETHTOOL_GEEE		0x00000044 /* Get EEE settings */
+#define ETHTOOL_SEEE		0x00000045 /* Set EEE settings */
+
+#define ETHTOOL_GRSSH		0x00000046 /* Get RX flow hash configuration */
+#define ETHTOOL_SRSSH		0x00000047 /* Set RX flow hash configuration */
+#define ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE	0x00000048 /* Get tunable configuration */
+#define ETHTOOL_STUNABLE	0x00000049 /* Set tunable configuration */
+#define ETHTOOL_GPHYSTATS	0x0000004a /* get PHY-specific statistics */
+
+#define ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE	0x0000004b /* Set per queue options */
+
+#define ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS	0x0000004c /* Get ethtool_link_settings */
+#define ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS	0x0000004d /* Set ethtool_link_settings */
+#define ETHTOOL_PHY_GTUNABLE	0x0000004e /* Get PHY tunable configuration */
+#define ETHTOOL_PHY_STUNABLE	0x0000004f /* Set PHY tunable configuration */
+#define ETHTOOL_GFECPARAM	0x00000050 /* Get FEC settings */
+#define ETHTOOL_SFECPARAM	0x00000051 /* Set FEC settings */
+
+/* compatibility with older code */
+#define SPARC_ETH_GSET		ETHTOOL_GSET
+#define SPARC_ETH_SSET		ETHTOOL_SSET
+
+/* Link mode bit indices */
+enum ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices {
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Half_BIT	= 0,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Full_BIT	= 1,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Half_BIT	= 2,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT	= 3,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Half_BIT	= 4,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT	= 5,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT		= 6,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT		= 7,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_AUI_BIT		= 8,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MII_BIT		= 9,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FIBRE_BIT		= 10,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_BNC_BIT		= 11,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseT_Full_BIT	= 12,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT		= 13,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT	= 14,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_2500baseX_Full_BIT	= 15,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Backplane_BIT		= 16,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseKX_Full_BIT	= 17,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseKX4_Full_BIT	= 18,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseKR_Full_BIT	= 19,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseR_FEC_BIT	= 20,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_20000baseMLD2_Full_BIT = 21,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_20000baseKR2_Full_BIT	= 22,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_40000baseKR4_Full_BIT	= 23,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_40000baseCR4_Full_BIT	= 24,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_40000baseSR4_Full_BIT	= 25,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_40000baseLR4_Full_BIT	= 26,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_56000baseKR4_Full_BIT	= 27,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_56000baseCR4_Full_BIT	= 28,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_56000baseSR4_Full_BIT	= 29,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_56000baseLR4_Full_BIT	= 30,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_25000baseCR_Full_BIT	= 31,
+
+	/* Last allowed bit for __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK is bit
+	 * 31. Please do NOT define any SUPPORTED_* or ADVERTISED_*
+	 * macro for bits > 31. The only way to use indices > 31 is to
+	 * use the new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS API.
+	 */
+
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_25000baseKR_Full_BIT	= 32,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_25000baseSR_Full_BIT	= 33,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseCR2_Full_BIT	= 34,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseKR2_Full_BIT	= 35,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseKR4_Full_BIT	= 36,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseSR4_Full_BIT	= 37,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseCR4_Full_BIT	= 38,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseLR4_ER4_Full_BIT	= 39,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseSR2_Full_BIT		= 40,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseX_Full_BIT	= 41,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseCR_Full_BIT	= 42,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseSR_Full_BIT	= 43,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseLR_Full_BIT	= 44,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseLRM_Full_BIT	= 45,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseER_Full_BIT	= 46,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_2500baseT_Full_BIT	= 47,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_5000baseT_Full_BIT	= 48,
+
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_NONE_BIT	= 49,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_RS_BIT	= 50,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_BASER_BIT	= 51,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseKR_Full_BIT		 = 52,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseSR_Full_BIT		 = 53,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseCR_Full_BIT		 = 54,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseLR_ER_FR_Full_BIT	 = 55,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseDR_Full_BIT		 = 56,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseKR2_Full_BIT	 = 57,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseSR2_Full_BIT	 = 58,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseCR2_Full_BIT	 = 59,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseLR2_ER2_FR2_Full_BIT = 60,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseDR2_Full_BIT	 = 61,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseKR4_Full_BIT	 = 62,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseSR4_Full_BIT	 = 63,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseLR4_ER4_FR4_Full_BIT = 64,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseDR4_Full_BIT	 = 65,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseCR4_Full_BIT	 = 66,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT1_Full_BIT		 = 67,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT1_Full_BIT		 = 68,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseKR8_Full_BIT	 = 69,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseSR8_Full_BIT	 = 70,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseLR8_ER8_FR8_Full_BIT = 71,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseDR8_Full_BIT	 = 72,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseCR8_Full_BIT	 = 73,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_LLRS_BIT			 = 74,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseKR_Full_BIT		 = 75,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseSR_Full_BIT		 = 76,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseLR_ER_FR_Full_BIT	 = 77,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseCR_Full_BIT		 = 78,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseDR_Full_BIT		 = 79,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseKR2_Full_BIT	 = 80,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseSR2_Full_BIT	 = 81,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseLR2_ER2_FR2_Full_BIT = 82,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseDR2_Full_BIT	 = 83,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseCR2_Full_BIT	 = 84,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseKR4_Full_BIT	 = 85,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseSR4_Full_BIT	 = 86,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseLR4_ER4_FR4_Full_BIT = 87,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseDR4_Full_BIT	 = 88,
+	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseCR4_Full_BIT	 = 89,
+	/* must be last entry */
+	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS
+};
+
+#define __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(base_name)	\
+	(1UL << (ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_ ## base_name ## _BIT))
+
+/* DEPRECATED macros. Please migrate to
+ * ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS API. Please do NOT
+ * define any new SUPPORTED_* macro for bits > 31.
+ */
+#define SUPPORTED_10baseT_Half		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10baseT_Half)
+#define SUPPORTED_10baseT_Full		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10baseT_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_100baseT_Half		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(100baseT_Half)
+#define SUPPORTED_100baseT_Full		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(100baseT_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_1000baseT_Half	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseT_Half)
+#define SUPPORTED_1000baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseT_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_Autoneg		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Autoneg)
+#define SUPPORTED_TP			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(TP)
+#define SUPPORTED_AUI			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(AUI)
+#define SUPPORTED_MII			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(MII)
+#define SUPPORTED_FIBRE			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(FIBRE)
+#define SUPPORTED_BNC			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(BNC)
+#define SUPPORTED_10000baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseT_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_Pause			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Pause)
+#define SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Asym_Pause)
+#define SUPPORTED_2500baseX_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(2500baseX_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_Backplane		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Backplane)
+#define SUPPORTED_1000baseKX_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseKX_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_10000baseKX4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseKX4_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_10000baseKR_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseKR_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_10000baseR_FEC	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseR_FEC)
+#define SUPPORTED_20000baseMLD2_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(20000baseMLD2_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_20000baseKR2_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(20000baseKR2_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_40000baseKR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseKR4_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_40000baseCR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseCR4_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_40000baseSR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseSR4_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_40000baseLR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseLR4_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_56000baseKR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseKR4_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_56000baseCR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseCR4_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_56000baseSR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseSR4_Full)
+#define SUPPORTED_56000baseLR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseLR4_Full)
+/* Please do not define any new SUPPORTED_* macro for bits > 31, see
+ * notice above.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * DEPRECATED macros. Please migrate to
+ * ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS API. Please do NOT
+ * define any new ADERTISE_* macro for bits > 31.
+ */
+#define ADVERTISED_10baseT_Half		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10baseT_Half)
+#define ADVERTISED_10baseT_Full		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10baseT_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_100baseT_Half	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(100baseT_Half)
+#define ADVERTISED_100baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(100baseT_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_1000baseT_Half	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseT_Half)
+#define ADVERTISED_1000baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseT_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_Autoneg		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Autoneg)
+#define ADVERTISED_TP			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(TP)
+#define ADVERTISED_AUI			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(AUI)
+#define ADVERTISED_MII			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(MII)
+#define ADVERTISED_FIBRE		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(FIBRE)
+#define ADVERTISED_BNC			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(BNC)
+#define ADVERTISED_10000baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseT_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_Pause		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Pause)
+#define ADVERTISED_Asym_Pause		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Asym_Pause)
+#define ADVERTISED_2500baseX_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(2500baseX_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_Backplane		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Backplane)
+#define ADVERTISED_1000baseKX_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseKX_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_10000baseKX4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseKX4_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_10000baseKR_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseKR_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_10000baseR_FEC	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseR_FEC)
+#define ADVERTISED_20000baseMLD2_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(20000baseMLD2_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_20000baseKR2_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(20000baseKR2_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_40000baseKR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseKR4_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_40000baseCR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseCR4_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_40000baseSR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseSR4_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_40000baseLR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseLR4_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_56000baseKR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseKR4_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_56000baseCR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseCR4_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_56000baseSR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseSR4_Full)
+#define ADVERTISED_56000baseLR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseLR4_Full)
+/* Please do not define any new ADVERTISED_* macro for bits > 31, see
+ * notice above.
+ */
+
+/* The following are all involved in forcing a particular link
+ * mode for the device for setting things.  When getting the
+ * devices settings, these indicate the current mode and whether
+ * it was forced up into this mode or autonegotiated.
+ */
+
+/* The forced speed, in units of 1Mb. All values 0 to INT_MAX are legal.
+ * Update drivers/net/phy/phy.c:phy_speed_to_str() and
+ * drivers/net/bonding/bond_3ad.c:__get_link_speed() when adding new values.
+ */
+#define SPEED_10		10
+#define SPEED_100		100
+#define SPEED_1000		1000
+#define SPEED_2500		2500
+#define SPEED_5000		5000
+#define SPEED_10000		10000
+#define SPEED_14000		14000
+#define SPEED_20000		20000
+#define SPEED_25000		25000
+#define SPEED_40000		40000
+#define SPEED_50000		50000
+#define SPEED_56000		56000
+#define SPEED_100000		100000
+#define SPEED_200000		200000
+#define SPEED_400000		400000
+
+#define SPEED_UNKNOWN		-1
+
+static inline int ethtool_validate_speed(__u32 speed)
+{
+	return speed <= INT_MAX || speed == (__u32)SPEED_UNKNOWN;
+}
+
+/* Duplex, half or full. */
+#define DUPLEX_HALF		0x00
+#define DUPLEX_FULL		0x01
+#define DUPLEX_UNKNOWN		0xff
+
+static inline int ethtool_validate_duplex(__u8 duplex)
+{
+	switch (duplex) {
+	case DUPLEX_HALF:
+	case DUPLEX_FULL:
+	case DUPLEX_UNKNOWN:
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNSUPPORTED		0
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNKNOWN		1
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_PREFERRED	2
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_PREFERRED	3
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_FORCE		4
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_FORCE		5
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNSUPPORTED		0
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNKNOWN		1
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_MASTER		2
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_SLAVE		3
+#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_ERR			4
+
+/* Which connector port. */
+#define PORT_TP			0x00
+#define PORT_AUI		0x01
+#define PORT_MII		0x02
+#define PORT_FIBRE		0x03
+#define PORT_BNC		0x04
+#define PORT_DA			0x05
+#define PORT_NONE		0xef
+#define PORT_OTHER		0xff
+
+/* Which transceiver to use. */
+#define XCVR_INTERNAL		0x00 /* PHY and MAC are in the same package */
+#define XCVR_EXTERNAL		0x01 /* PHY and MAC are in different packages */
+#define XCVR_DUMMY1		0x02
+#define XCVR_DUMMY2		0x03
+#define XCVR_DUMMY3		0x04
+
+/* Enable or disable autonegotiation. */
+#define AUTONEG_DISABLE		0x00
+#define AUTONEG_ENABLE		0x01
+
+/* MDI or MDI-X status/control - if MDI/MDI_X/AUTO is set then
+ * the driver is required to renegotiate link
+ */
+#define ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID	0x00 /* status: unknown; control: unsupported */
+#define ETH_TP_MDI		0x01 /* status: MDI;     control: force MDI */
+#define ETH_TP_MDI_X		0x02 /* status: MDI-X;   control: force MDI-X */
+#define ETH_TP_MDI_AUTO		0x03 /*                  control: auto-select */
+
+/* Wake-On-Lan options. */
+#define WAKE_PHY		(1 << 0)
+#define WAKE_UCAST		(1 << 1)
+#define WAKE_MCAST		(1 << 2)
+#define WAKE_BCAST		(1 << 3)
+#define WAKE_ARP		(1 << 4)
+#define WAKE_MAGIC		(1 << 5)
+#define WAKE_MAGICSECURE	(1 << 6) /* only meaningful if WAKE_MAGIC */
+#define WAKE_FILTER		(1 << 7)
+
+#define WOL_MODE_COUNT		8
+
+/* L2-L4 network traffic flow types */
+#define	TCP_V4_FLOW	0x01	/* hash or spec (tcp_ip4_spec) */
+#define	UDP_V4_FLOW	0x02	/* hash or spec (udp_ip4_spec) */
+#define	SCTP_V4_FLOW	0x03	/* hash or spec (sctp_ip4_spec) */
+#define	AH_ESP_V4_FLOW	0x04	/* hash only */
+#define	TCP_V6_FLOW	0x05	/* hash or spec (tcp_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
+#define	UDP_V6_FLOW	0x06	/* hash or spec (udp_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
+#define	SCTP_V6_FLOW	0x07	/* hash or spec (sctp_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
+#define	AH_ESP_V6_FLOW	0x08	/* hash only */
+#define	AH_V4_FLOW	0x09	/* hash or spec (ah_ip4_spec) */
+#define	ESP_V4_FLOW	0x0a	/* hash or spec (esp_ip4_spec) */
+#define	AH_V6_FLOW	0x0b	/* hash or spec (ah_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
+#define	ESP_V6_FLOW	0x0c	/* hash or spec (esp_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
+#define	IPV4_USER_FLOW	0x0d	/* spec only (usr_ip4_spec) */
+#define	IP_USER_FLOW	IPV4_USER_FLOW
+#define	IPV6_USER_FLOW	0x0e	/* spec only (usr_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
+#define	IPV4_FLOW	0x10	/* hash only */
+#define	IPV6_FLOW	0x11	/* hash only */
+#define	ETHER_FLOW	0x12	/* spec only (ether_spec) */
+/* Flag to enable additional fields in struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec */
+#define	FLOW_EXT	0x80000000
+#define	FLOW_MAC_EXT	0x40000000
+/* Flag to enable RSS spreading of traffic matching rule (nfc only) */
+#define	FLOW_RSS	0x20000000
+
+/* L3-L4 network traffic flow hash options */
+#define	RXH_L2DA	(1 << 1)
+#define	RXH_VLAN	(1 << 2)
+#define	RXH_L3_PROTO	(1 << 3)
+#define	RXH_IP_SRC	(1 << 4)
+#define	RXH_IP_DST	(1 << 5)
+#define	RXH_L4_B_0_1	(1 << 6) /* src port in case of TCP/UDP/SCTP */
+#define	RXH_L4_B_2_3	(1 << 7) /* dst port in case of TCP/UDP/SCTP */
+#define	RXH_DISCARD	(1 << 31)
+
+#define	RX_CLS_FLOW_DISC	0xffffffffffffffffULL
+#define RX_CLS_FLOW_WAKE	0xfffffffffffffffeULL
+
+/* Special RX classification rule insert location values */
+#define RX_CLS_LOC_SPECIAL	0x80000000	/* flag */
+#define RX_CLS_LOC_ANY		0xffffffff
+#define RX_CLS_LOC_FIRST	0xfffffffe
+#define RX_CLS_LOC_LAST		0xfffffffd
+
+/* EEPROM Standards for plug in modules */
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8079		0x1
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8079_LEN		256
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8472		0x2
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8472_LEN		512
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8636		0x3
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8636_LEN		256
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8436		0x4
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8436_LEN		256
+
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8636_MAX_LEN     640
+#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8436_MAX_LEN     640
+
+/* Reset flags */
+/* The reset() operation must clear the flags for the components which
+ * were actually reset.  On successful return, the flags indicate the
+ * components which were not reset, either because they do not exist
+ * in the hardware or because they cannot be reset independently.  The
+ * driver must never reset any components that were not requested.
+ */
+enum ethtool_reset_flags {
+	/* These flags represent components dedicated to the interface
+	 * the command is addressed to.  Shift any flag left by
+	 * ETH_RESET_SHARED_SHIFT to reset a shared component of the
+	 * same type.
+	 */
+	ETH_RESET_MGMT		= 1 << 0,	/* Management processor */
+	ETH_RESET_IRQ		= 1 << 1,	/* Interrupt requester */
+	ETH_RESET_DMA		= 1 << 2,	/* DMA engine */
+	ETH_RESET_FILTER	= 1 << 3,	/* Filtering/flow direction */
+	ETH_RESET_OFFLOAD	= 1 << 4,	/* Protocol offload */
+	ETH_RESET_MAC		= 1 << 5,	/* Media access controller */
+	ETH_RESET_PHY		= 1 << 6,	/* Transceiver/PHY */
+	ETH_RESET_RAM		= 1 << 7,	/* RAM shared between
+						 * multiple components */
+	ETH_RESET_AP		= 1 << 8,	/* Application processor */
+
+	ETH_RESET_DEDICATED	= 0x0000ffff,	/* All components dedicated to
+						 * this interface */
+	ETH_RESET_ALL		= 0xffffffff,	/* All components used by this
+						 * interface, even if shared */
+};
+#define ETH_RESET_SHARED_SHIFT	16
+
+
+/**
+ * struct ethtool_link_settings - link control and status
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT, Backward compatibility notice: When implementing new
+ *	user-space tools, please first try %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and
+ *	if it succeeds use %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS to change link
+ *	settings; do not use %ETHTOOL_SSET if %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS
+ *	succeeded: stick to %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/%SLINKSETTINGS in
+ *	that case.  Conversely, if %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS fails, use
+ *	%ETHTOOL_GSET to query and %ETHTOOL_SSET to change link
+ *	settings; do not use %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS if
+ *	%ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS failed: stick to
+ *	%ETHTOOL_GSET/%ETHTOOL_SSET in that case.
+ *
+ * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS
+ * @speed: Link speed (Mbps)
+ * @duplex: Duplex mode; one of %DUPLEX_*
+ * @port: Physical connector type; one of %PORT_*
+ * @phy_address: MDIO address of PHY (transceiver); 0 or 255 if not
+ *	applicable.  For clause 45 PHYs this is the PRTAD.
+ * @autoneg: Enable/disable autonegotiation and auto-detection;
+ *	either %AUTONEG_DISABLE or %AUTONEG_ENABLE
+ * @mdio_support: Bitmask of %ETH_MDIO_SUPPORTS_* flags for the MDIO
+ *	protocols supported by the interface; 0 if unknown.
+ *	Read-only.
+ * @eth_tp_mdix: Ethernet twisted-pair MDI(-X) status; one of
+ *	%ETH_TP_MDI_*.  If the status is unknown or not applicable, the
+ *	value will be %ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID.  Read-only.
+ * @eth_tp_mdix_ctrl: Ethernet twisted pair MDI(-X) control; one of
+ *	%ETH_TP_MDI_*.  If MDI(-X) control is not implemented, reads
+ *	yield %ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID and writes may be ignored or rejected.
+ *	When written successfully, the link should be renegotiated if
+ *	necessary.
+ * @link_mode_masks_nwords: Number of 32-bit words for each of the
+ *	supported, advertising, lp_advertising link mode bitmaps. For
+ *	%ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS: on entry, number of words passed by user
+ *	(>= 0); on return, if handshake in progress, negative if
+ *	request size unsupported by kernel: absolute value indicates
+ *	kernel expected size and all the other fields but cmd
+ *	are 0; otherwise (handshake completed), strictly positive
+ *	to indicate size used by kernel and cmd field stays
+ *	%ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, all other fields populated by driver. For
+ *	%ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS: must be valid on entry, ie. a positive
+ *	value returned previously by %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, otherwise
+ *	refused. For drivers: ignore this field (use kernel's
+ *	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS instead), any change to it will
+ *	be overwritten by kernel.
+ * @supported: Bitmap with each bit meaning given by
+ *	%ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices for the link modes, physical
+ *	connectors and other link features for which the interface
+ *	supports autonegotiation or auto-detection.  Read-only.
+ * @advertising: Bitmap with each bit meaning given by
+ *	%ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices for the link modes, physical
+ *	connectors and other link features that are advertised through
+ *	autonegotiation or enabled for auto-detection.
+ * @lp_advertising: Bitmap with each bit meaning given by
+ *	%ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices for the link modes, and other
+ *	link features that the link partner advertised through
+ *	autonegotiation; 0 if unknown or not applicable.  Read-only.
+ * @transceiver: Used to distinguish different possible PHY types,
+ *	reported consistently by PHYLIB.  Read-only.
+ *
+ * If autonegotiation is disabled, the speed and @duplex represent the
+ * fixed link mode and are writable if the driver supports multiple
+ * link modes.  If it is enabled then they are read-only; if the link
+ * is up they represent the negotiated link mode; if the link is down,
+ * the speed is 0, %SPEED_UNKNOWN or the highest enabled speed and
+ * @duplex is %DUPLEX_UNKNOWN or the best enabled duplex mode.
+ *
+ * Some hardware interfaces may have multiple PHYs and/or physical
+ * connectors fitted or do not allow the driver to detect which are
+ * fitted.  For these interfaces @port and/or @phy_address may be
+ * writable, possibly dependent on @autoneg being %AUTONEG_DISABLE.
+ * Otherwise, attempts to write different values may be ignored or
+ * rejected.
+ *
+ * Deprecated %ethtool_cmd fields transceiver, maxtxpkt and maxrxpkt
+ * are not available in %ethtool_link_settings. These fields will be
+ * always set to zero in %ETHTOOL_GSET reply and %ETHTOOL_SSET will
+ * fail if any of them is set to non-zero value.
+ *
+ * Users should assume that all fields not marked read-only are
+ * writable and subject to validation by the driver.  They should use
+ * %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS to get the current values before making specific
+ * changes and then applying them with %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS.
+ *
+ * Drivers that implement %get_link_ksettings and/or
+ * %set_link_ksettings should ignore the @cmd
+ * and @link_mode_masks_nwords fields (any change to them overwritten
+ * by kernel), and rely only on kernel's internal
+ * %__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS and
+ * %ethtool_link_mode_mask_t. Drivers that implement
+ * %set_link_ksettings() should validate all fields other than @cmd
+ * and @link_mode_masks_nwords that are not described as read-only or
+ * deprecated, and must ignore all fields described as read-only.
+ */
+struct ethtool_link_settings {
+	__u32	cmd;
+	__u32	speed;
+	__u8	duplex;
+	__u8	port;
+	__u8	phy_address;
+	__u8	autoneg;
+	__u8	mdio_support;
+	__u8	eth_tp_mdix;
+	__u8	eth_tp_mdix_ctrl;
+	__s8	link_mode_masks_nwords;
+	__u8	transceiver;
+	__u8	master_slave_cfg;
+	__u8	master_slave_state;
+	__u8	reserved1[1];
+	__u32	reserved[7];
+	__u32	link_mode_masks[0];
+	/* layout of link_mode_masks fields:
+	 * __u32 map_supported[link_mode_masks_nwords];
+	 * __u32 map_advertising[link_mode_masks_nwords];
+	 * __u32 map_lp_advertising[link_mode_masks_nwords];
+	 */
+};
+#endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_ETHTOOL_H */
diff --git a/src/shared/linux/nl80211.h b/src/shared/linux/nl80211.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65edfff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/shared/linux/nl80211.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6554 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT */
+
+#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
+#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
+/*
+ * 802.11 netlink interface public header
+ *
+ * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
+ * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
+ * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
+ * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
+ * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
+ * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
+ * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
+ * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
+ * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
+ * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
+ * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
+ *
+ * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
+ * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
+ * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
+ * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
+ * can actually be identified and removed.
+ * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
+ */
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
+
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
+
+#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
+#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
+#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
+#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Station handling
+ *
+ * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
+ * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
+ * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
+ * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
+ * to.
+ *
+ * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
+ * capabilities.
+ *
+ * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
+ * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
+ *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
+ *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
+ *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
+ *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
+ *    time mark it authorized.
+ *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
+ *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
+ *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
+ *
+ * TODO: need more info for other interface types
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
+ *
+ * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
+ * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
+ * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
+ * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
+ * for various reasons.
+ *
+ * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
+ * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
+ * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
+ * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
+ * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
+ * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
+ * for doing that.
+ *
+ * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
+ * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
+ * attributes so applications know what to expect.
+ *
+ * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
+ *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
+ *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
+ *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
+ *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
+ *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
+ *
+ * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
+ * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
+ * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
+ * status is indicated to the sending socket.
+ *
+ * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
+ * below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
+ *
+ * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
+ * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
+ * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
+ * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
+ *
+ * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
+ * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
+ * types there no concurrency is implied.
+ *
+ * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
+ * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
+ * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
+ * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
+ * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
+ * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
+ * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
+ *
+ * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
+ * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
+ * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
+ * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
+ * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
+ * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
+ * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
+ * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
+ *
+ * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
+ * interfaces that a given device supports.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: packet coalesce support
+ *
+ * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
+ * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
+ * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
+ * and power consumption.
+ *
+ * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
+ * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
+ * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
+ * following events occur.
+ * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
+ * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
+ * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
+ * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
+ *
+ * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
+ * rule.
+ * a) Maximum coalescing delay
+ * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
+ * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
+ * Multiple such rules can be created.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
+ *
+ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
+ * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
+ * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
+ * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
+ * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
+ * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
+ * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
+ *
+ * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
+ * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
+ * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
+ * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
+ * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
+ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
+ *
+ * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
+ * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
+ *
+ * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
+ * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
+ * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
+ * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
+ * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
+ * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
+ * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
+ * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
+ * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
+ * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
+ * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
+ *
+ * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
+ * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
+ * up a connection or after roaming.
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
+ *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
+ * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
+ * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
+ *
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
+ * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
+ * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
+ * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
+ * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
+ * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
+ * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: SAE authentication offload
+ *
+ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
+ * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
+ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
+ *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
+ *	attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
+ *	monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
+ *	and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
+ *	However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
+ *	instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
+ *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
+ *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
+ *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
+ *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
+ *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
+ *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
+ *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
+ *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
+ *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
+ *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
+ *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
+ *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
+ *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
+ *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
+ *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
+ *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
+ *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
+ *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
+ *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
+ *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
+ *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
+ *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
+ *	frame).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
+ * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
+ * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
+ * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
+ * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
+ *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
+ *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
+ *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
+ *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
+ *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
+ *	global regdomain will be returned.
+ *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
+ *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
+ *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
+ *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
+ *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
+ *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
+ *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
+ *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
+ *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
+ *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
+ *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
+ *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
+ * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
+ * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
+ * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
+ * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
+ * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
+ * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
+ * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
+ * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
+ *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
+ *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
+ *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
+ *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
+ *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
+ *	added to all specified management frames generated by
+ *	kernel/firmware/driver.
+ *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
+ *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
+ *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
+ *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
+ *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
+ *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
+ *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
+ *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
+ *	be used.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
+ *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
+ *	partial scan results may be available
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
+ *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
+ *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
+ *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
+ *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
+ *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
+ *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
+ *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
+ *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
+ *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
+ *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
+ *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
+ *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
+ *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
+ *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
+ *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
+ *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
+ *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
+ *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
+ *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
+ *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
+ *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
+ *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
+ *	results available.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
+ *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
+ *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
+ *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
+ *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
+ *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
+ *      or noise level
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
+ *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
+ *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
+ *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
+ *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
+ *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
+ *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
+ *	ESS.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
+ *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
+ *	authentication.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
+ * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
+ * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
+ * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
+ * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
+ * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
+ * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
+ * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
+ * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
+ * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
+ * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
+ * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
+ * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
+ * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
+ * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
+ * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
+ * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
+ * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
+ * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
+ * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
+ * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
+ * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
+ * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
+ * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
+ * 	the beacon hint was processed.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
+ *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
+ *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
+ *	authentication process.
+ *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
+ *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
+ *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
+ *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
+ *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
+ *	to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
+ *	is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
+ *	define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
+ *	to be added to the frame.
+ *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
+ *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
+ *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
+ *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
+ *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
+ *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
+ *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
+ *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
+ *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
+ *	pending authentication timed out).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
+ *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
+ *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
+ *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
+ *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
+ *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
+ *	included).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
+ *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
+ *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
+ *	primitives).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
+ *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
+ *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
+ *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
+ *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
+ *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
+ *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
+ *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
+ *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
+ *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
+ *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
+ *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
+ *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
+ *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
+ *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
+ *	determined by the network interface.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
+ *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
+ *	to the driver.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
+ *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
+ *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
+ *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
+ *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
+ *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
+ *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
+ *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
+ *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
+ *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
+ *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
+ *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
+ *	a different BSS is desired.
+ *	Background scan period can optionally be
+ *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
+ *	if not specified default background scan configuration
+ *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
+ *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
+ *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
+ *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
+ *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
+ *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
+ *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
+ *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
+ *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
+ *	well to remain backwards compatible.
+ *	When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
+ *	handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
+ *	the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
+ *	When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
+ *	the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
+ *	handshake), this event should be followed by an
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
+ *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
+ *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
+ *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
+ *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
+ *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
+ *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
+ *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
+ *	frequency for the operation.
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
+ *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
+ *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
+ *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
+ *	radio).
+ *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
+ *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
+ *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
+ *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
+ *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
+ *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
+ *	uniquely identify the request.
+ *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
+ *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
+ *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
+ *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
+ *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
+ *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
+ *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
+ *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
+ *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
+ *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
+ *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
+ *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
+ *	backward compatibility
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
+ *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
+ *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
+ *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
+ *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
+ *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
+ *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
+ *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
+ *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
+ *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
+ *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
+ *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
+ *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
+ *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
+ *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
+ *	is used during CSA period.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
+ *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
+ *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
+ *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
+ *	wait time.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
+ *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
+ *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
+ *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
+ *	the frame.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
+ *	backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
+ *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
+ *	levels.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
+ *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
+ *	reached.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
+ *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
+ *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
+ *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
+ *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
+ *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
+ *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
+ *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
+ *	precedence when they are used.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
+ *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
+ *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
+ *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
+ *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
+ *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
+ *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
+ *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
+ *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
+ *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
+ *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
+ *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
+ *	command, the feature is disabled.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
+ *	mesh config parameters may be given.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
+ *	network is determined by the network interface.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
+ *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
+ *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
+ *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
+ *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
+ *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
+ *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
+ *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
+ *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
+ *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
+ *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
+ *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
+ *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
+ *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
+ *      depending on the authentication result.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
+ *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
+ *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
+ *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
+ *	more background information, see
+ *	http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
+ *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
+ *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
+ *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
+ *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
+ *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
+ *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
+ *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
+ *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
+ *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
+ *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
+ *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
+ *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
+ *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
+ *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
+ *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
+ *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
+ *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
+ *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
+ *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
+ *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
+ *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
+ *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
+ *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
+ *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
+ *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
+ *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
+ *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
+ *	is received.
+ *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
+ *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
+ *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
+ *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
+ *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
+ *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
+ *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
+ *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
+ *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
+ *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
+ *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
+ *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
+ *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
+ *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
+ *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
+ *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
+ *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
+ *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
+ *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
+ *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
+ *	from the remote AP) is completed;
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
+ *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
+ *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
+ *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
+ *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
+ *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
+ *	interfaces to change channel as well.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
+ *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
+ *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
+ *	public action frame TX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
+ *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
+ *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
+ *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
+ *	is used for this.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
+ *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
+ *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
+ *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
+ *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
+ *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
+ *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
+ *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
+ *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
+ *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
+ *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
+ *	while operating on this channel.
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
+ *	event.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
+ *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
+ *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
+ *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
+ *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
+ *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
+ *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
+ *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
+ *	complete.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
+ *	return back to normal.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
+ *	the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
+ *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
+ *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
+ *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
+ *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
+ *	switch is complete.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
+ *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
+ *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
+ *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
+ *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
+ *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
+ *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
+ *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
+ *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
+ *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
+ *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
+ *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
+ *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
+ *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
+ *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
+ *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
+ *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
+ *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
+ *	fail even if the check was successful.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
+ *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
+ *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
+ *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
+ *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
+ *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
+ *	network is determined by the network interface.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
+ *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
+ *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
+ *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
+ *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
+ *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
+ *	AP.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
+ *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
+ *	when this command completes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
+ *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
+ *	management.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
+ *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
+ *	cfg80211_scan_done().
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
+ *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
+ *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
+ *	cluster. This command must have a valid
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
+ *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
+ *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
+ *	added.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
+ *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
+ *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
+ *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
+ *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
+ *	of the function upon success.
+ *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
+ *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
+ *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
+ *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
+ *	which just terminated.
+ *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
+ *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
+ *	the response to this command.
+ *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
+ *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
+ *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
+ *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
+ *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
+ *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
+ *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
+ *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
+ *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
+ *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
+ *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
+ *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
+ *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
+ *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
+ *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
+ *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
+ *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
+ *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
+ *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
+ *	handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
+ *	specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
+ *	offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
+ *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
+ *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
+ *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
+ *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
+ *	802.11 headers.
+ *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
+ *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
+ *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
+ *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
+ *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
+ *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
+ *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
+ *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
+ *
+ *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
+ *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
+ *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
+ *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
+ *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
+ *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
+ *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
+ *	command interface.
+ *
+ *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
+ *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
+ *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
+ *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
+ *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
+ *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
+ *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
+ *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
+ *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
+ *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
+ *	the netlink extended ack message.
+ *
+ *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
+ *
+ *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
+ *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
+ *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
+ *	buffer size.
+ *
+ *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
+ *	multiple concurrent measurements.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
+ *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
+ *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
+ *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
+ *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
+ *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
+ *	determining the width and type.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
+ *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
+ *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
+ *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
+ *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
+ *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
+ *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
+ *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
+ *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
+ *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
+ *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
+ *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
+ *	rate selection.
+ *
+ *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
+ *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
+ *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
+ * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_commands {
+/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
+	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
+	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
+	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
+	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
+	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
+	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
+	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
+	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
+	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
+	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
+	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
+	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
+	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
+	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
+	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
+	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
+	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
+	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
+	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
+	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
+	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
+	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
+	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
+	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
+	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
+	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
+	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
+	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
+	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
+	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
+	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
+	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
+	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
+	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
+	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
+	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
+	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
+
+	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
+
+	/* add new commands above here */
+
+	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
+	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/*
+ * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
+ * here
+ */
+#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
+#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
+#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
+#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
+#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
+#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
+#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
+#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
+
+#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
+
+/* source-level API compatibility */
+#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
+#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
+#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
+ *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
+ *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
+ *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
+ *	documentation of the enum for more information.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
+ *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
+ *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
+ *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
+ *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
+ *		this attribute)
+ *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
+ *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
+ *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
+ *	This attribute is now deprecated.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
+ *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
+ *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
+ *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
+ *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
+ *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
+ *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
+ *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
+ *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
+ *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
+ *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
+ *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
+ *	keys
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
+ *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
+ *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
+ *	default management key
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
+ *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
+ *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
+ *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
+ *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
+ *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
+ *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
+ *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
+ *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
+ *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
+ *	consisting of a nested array.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
+ *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
+ * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
+ *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
+ *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
+ * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
+ * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
+ * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
+ * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
+ * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
+ * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
+ * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
+ * 	to a specific alpha2.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
+ *	rules.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
+ *	(u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
+ *	(u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
+ *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
+ *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
+ *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
+ *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
+ *	of the interface mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
+ *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
+ *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
+ *	that can be added to a scan request
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
+ *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
+ *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
+ *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
+ * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
+ * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
+ *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
+ *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
+ *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
+ *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
+ *	represented as a u32
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
+ *	a u32
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
+ * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
+ * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
+ * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
+ * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
+ * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
+ * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
+ * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
+ * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
+ *	cipher suites
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
+ *	for other networks on different channels
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
+ *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
+ *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
+ *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
+ *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
+ *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
+ *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
+ *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
+ *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
+ *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
+ *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
+ *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
+ *	default in station mode.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
+ *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
+ *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
+ *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
+ *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
+ *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
+ *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
+ *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
+ *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
+ *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
+ *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
+ *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
+ *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
+ *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
+ *	flag.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
+ *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
+ *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
+ *	a local disconnect request.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
+ *	event (u16)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
+ *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
+ *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
+ *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
+ *	(an array of u32).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
+ *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
+ *	u32).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
+ *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
+ *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
+ *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
+ *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
+ *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
+ *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
+ *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
+ *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
+ *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
+ *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
+ *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
+ *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
+ *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
+ *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
+ *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
+ *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
+ *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
+ *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
+ *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
+ *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
+ *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
+ *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
+ *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
+ *	completely from scratch.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
+ *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
+ *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
+ *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
+ *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
+ *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
+ *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
+ *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
+ *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
+ *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
+ *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
+ *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
+ *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
+ *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
+ *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
+ *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
+ *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
+ *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
+ *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
+ *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
+ *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
+ *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
+ *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
+ *	acknowledged by the recipient.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
+ *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
+ *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
+ *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
+ *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
+ *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
+ *	connected to this BSS.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
+ *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
+ *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
+ *      for non-automatic settings.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
+ *	means support for per-station GTKs.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
+ *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
+ *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
+ *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
+ *
+ *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
+ *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
+ *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
+ *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
+ *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
+ *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
+ *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
+ *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
+ *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
+ *	support by returning -EINVAL.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
+ *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
+ *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
+ *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
+ *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
+ *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
+ *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
+ *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
+ *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
+ *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
+ *	nl80211 capability flag.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
+ *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
+ *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
+ *	changed once the mesh is active.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
+ *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
+ *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
+ *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
+ *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
+ *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
+ *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
+ *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
+ *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
+ *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
+ *	triggers.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
+ *	cycles, in msecs.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
+ *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
+ *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
+ *	pass-thru filter rules.
+ *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
+ *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
+ *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
+ *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
+ *	able to ignore them by itself.
+ *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
+ *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
+ *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
+ *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
+ *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
+ *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
+ *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
+ *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
+ *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
+ *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
+ *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
+ *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
+ *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
+ *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
+ *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
+ *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
+ *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
+ *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
+ *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
+ *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
+ *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
+ *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
+ *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
+ *	(Re)Association Request frames.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
+ *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
+ *	as AP.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
+ *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
+ *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
+ *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
+ *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
+ *	applications use this attribute.
+ *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
+ *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
+ *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
+ *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
+ *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
+ *	as a TDLS peer sta.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
+ *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
+ *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
+ *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
+ *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
+ *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
+ *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
+ *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
+ *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
+ *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
+ *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
+ *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
+ *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
+ *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
+ *	to be filled by the FW.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
+ *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
+ *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
+ *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
+ *      The values that may be configured are:
+ *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
+ *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
+ *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
+ *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
+ *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
+ *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
+ *    to one DFS region.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
+ *      up to 16 TIDs.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
+ *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
+ *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
+ *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
+ *	capability to timeout the stations.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
+ *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
+ *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
+ *      or 0 to disable background scan.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
+ *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
+ *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
+ *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
+ *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
+ *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
+ *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
+ *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
+ *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
+ *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
+ *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
+ *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
+ *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
+ *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
+ *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
+ *	consistent.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
+ *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
+ *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
+ *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
+ *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
+ *	no change is made.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
+ *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
+ *	carried in a u32 attribute
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
+ *	MAC ACL.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
+ *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
+ *	ACL.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
+ *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
+ *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
+ *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
+ *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
+ *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
+ *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
+ *	and PU-APSD.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
+ *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
+ *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
+ *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
+ *	Element
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
+ *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
+ *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
+ *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
+ *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
+ *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
+ *	until the channel switch event.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
+ *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
+ *	operation).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
+ *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
+ *	switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
+ *	switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
+ *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
+ *      supported operating classes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
+ *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
+ *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
+ *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
+ *	IBSS network.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
+ *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
+ *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
+ *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
+ *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
+ *	u8 attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
+ *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
+ *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
+ *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
+ *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
+ *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
+ *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
+ *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
+ *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
+ *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
+ *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
+ *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
+ *	supported number of csa counters.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
+ *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
+ *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
+ *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
+ *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
+ *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
+ *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
+ *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
+ *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
+ *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
+ *	cleared when the socket is closed.
+ *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
+ *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
+ *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
+ *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
+ *	multicast group.
+ *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
+ *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
+ *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
+ *	torn down when the socket is closed.
+ *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
+ *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
+ *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
+ *	disabled when the socket is closed.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
+ *	the TDLS link initiator.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
+ *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
+ *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
+ *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
+ *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
+ *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
+ *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
+ *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
+ *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
+ *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
+ *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
+ *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
+ *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
+ *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
+ *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
+ *	setting valid value for coverage class.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
+ *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
+ *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
+ *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
+ *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
+ *	cfg80211 regdomain.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
+ *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
+ *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
+ *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
+ *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
+ *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
+ *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
+ *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
+ *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
+ *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
+ *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
+ *	over all channels.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
+ *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
+ *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
+ *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
+
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
+ *      is operating in an indoor environment.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
+ *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
+ *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
+ *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
+ *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
+ *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
+ *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
+ *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
+ *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
+ *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
+ *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
+ *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
+ *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
+ *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
+ *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
+ *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
+ *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
+ *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
+ *	interface type.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
+ *	groupID for monitor mode.
+ *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
+ *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
+ *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
+ *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
+ *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
+ *	each group.
+ *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
+ *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
+ *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
+ *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
+ *	groupID data.
+ *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
+ *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
+ *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
+ *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
+ *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
+ *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
+ *	attribute must not be included).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
+ *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
+ *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
+ *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
+ *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
+ *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
+ *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
+ *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
+ *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
+ *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
+ *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
+ *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
+ *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
+ *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
+ *	the device will decide what to use.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
+ *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
+ *	attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
+ *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
+ *	protection.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
+ *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
+ *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
+ *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
+ *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
+ *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
+ *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
+ *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
+ *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
+ *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
+ *	unnecessary wakeups.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
+ *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
+ *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
+ *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
+ *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
+ *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
+ *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
+ *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
+ *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
+ *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
+ *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
+ *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
+ *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
+ *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
+ *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
+ *	handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
+ *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
+ *	specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
+ *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
+ *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
+ *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
+ *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
+ *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
+ *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
+ *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
+ *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
+ *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
+ *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
+ *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
+ *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
+ *      nl80211_txq_stats)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
+ *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
+ *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
+ *      enforced.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
+ *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
+ *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
+ *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
+ *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
+ *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
+ *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
+ *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
+ *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
+ *	invalid value.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
+ *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
+ *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
+ *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
+ *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
+ *	scheduler.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
+ *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
+ *	possible values.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
+ *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
+ *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
+ *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
+ *	or per-station.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
+ *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
+ *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
+ *	functionality.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
+ *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
+ *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
+ *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
+ *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_attrs {
+/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
+	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
+	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
+	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
+	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
+	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
+	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
+	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
+	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
+
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
+	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
+	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
+	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
+	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
+	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
+	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
+	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
+	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
+	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
+	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
+	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
+	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
+	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
+	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
+	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
+	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
+
+	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
+
+	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/* source-level API compatibility */
+#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
+#define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
+#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
+#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
+
+/*
+ * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
+ * here
+ */
+#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
+#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
+#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
+#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
+#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
+#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
+#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
+#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
+#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
+#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
+#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
+#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
+#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
+#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
+
+#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
+
+#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
+#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
+#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
+#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
+#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
+#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
+#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
+#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
+#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
+#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
+#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
+#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
+
+#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
+
+/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
+#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
+
+#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
+ *
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
+ *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
+ *	AP type interface.
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
+ *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
+ *	commands to create and destroy one
+ * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
+ *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
+ * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
+ *
+ * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
+ * to set the type of an interface.
+ *
+ */
+enum nl80211_iftype {
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
+	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
+ *
+ * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
+ * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
+ *	with short barker preamble
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
+ *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
+ *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
+ *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
+ *	as errors.)
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
+ *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
+ *	previously added station into associated state
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_flags {
+	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
+	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
+	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
+	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
+	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
+	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
+	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
+	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
+ *
+ * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
+ * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
+ * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
+	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
+	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
+
+	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
+};
+
+#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
+ * @mask: mask of station flags to set
+ * @set: which values to set them to
+ *
+ * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
+ */
+struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
+	__u32 mask;
+	__u32 set;
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
+ */
+enum nl80211_he_gi {
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
+ */
+enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
+ * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
+ * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
+ * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
+ * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
+ * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
+ * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
+ * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
+ * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
+ *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
+ *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
+ *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
+ *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
+ *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
+ *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
+ *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
+ * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_rate_info {
+	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
+ * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
+ *	(flag)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
+ *	(flag)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
+	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
+	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
+	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
+	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
+	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
+	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
+ * when getting information about a station.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
+ *	(u32, from this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
+ *	(u32, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
+ *	(u64, from this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
+ *	(u64, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
+ * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
+ *	(u32, from this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
+ *	(u32, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
+ *	(u32, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
+ *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
+ *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
+ *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
+ *	non-peer STA
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
+ *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
+ *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
+ * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
+ *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
+ *	(u64)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
+ *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
+ *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
+ *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
+ *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
+ *	attributes carrying the actual values.
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
+ *	received from the station (u64, usec)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
+ *	(u32, from this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
+ *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
+ *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
+ *	might not be fully accurate.
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
+ *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
+ *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
+ *	of STA's association
+ * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_info {
+	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
+#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
+
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
+ * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
+ *	attempted to transmit; u64)
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
+ *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
+ *	MSDUs (u64)
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
+ */
+enum nl80211_tid_stats {
+	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
+	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
+	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
+	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
+	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
+	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
+	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
+	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
+ * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
+ *      backlogged
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
+ *      (only for per-phy stats)
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
+ */
+enum nl80211_txq_stats {
+	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
+	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
+ */
+enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
+	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
+	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
+	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
+	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
+	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
+ * information about a mesh path.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
+ * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
+ *	currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_mpath_info {
+	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
+ *     for each interface type that supports the band data
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
+ *     capabilities IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
+ *     capabilities IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
+ *     capabilities IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
+ *     defined in HE capabilities IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
+ *     defined
+ * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
+	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
+	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
+	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
+	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
+	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
+ * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
+ *	an array of nested frequency attributes
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
+ *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
+ *	defined in 802.11n
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
+ *	defined in 802.11ac
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
+ *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
+ *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
+ *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
+ *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
+ *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_band_attr {
+	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
+
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
+
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
+
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
+ * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
+ * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
+ * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
+ * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
+ * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
+ */
+enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
+	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
+	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
+	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
+	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
+	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
+	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
+ * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
+ *	regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
+ * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
+ * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
+ *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
+ *	(100 * dBm).
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
+ *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
+ *	this channel is in this DFS state.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
+ *	channel as the control channel
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
+ *	channel as the control channel
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
+ *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
+ *	this includes 80+80 channels
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
+ *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
+ *	isn't possible
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
+ *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
+ *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
+ *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
+ *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
+ *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
+ *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
+ *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
+ *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
+ *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
+ *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
+ *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
+ *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
+ *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
+ *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
+ *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
+ *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
+ *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
+ *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
+ *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
+ *	currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ *
+ * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
+ * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
+ * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
+ * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
+ */
+enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
+	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
+	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
+					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
+ * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
+ * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
+ *	in 2.4 GHz band.
+ * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
+ *	currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
+	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
+	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
+	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
+ * 	regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
+ * 	regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
+ * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
+ * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
+ * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
+ *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
+ *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
+ *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
+ *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
+ */
+enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
+	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
+	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
+	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
+	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
+ *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
+ *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
+ * 	domain.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
+ * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
+ * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
+ * 	them to be applied.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
+ *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
+ *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
+ *	domain request to be processed.
+ */
+enum nl80211_reg_type {
+	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
+	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
+	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
+	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
+ * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
+ * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
+ * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
+ * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
+ * 	band edge.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
+ * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
+ * 	band edge.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
+ *	frequency range, in KHz.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
+ * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
+ * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
+ * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
+ *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
+ * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
+ *	currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
+	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
+	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
+	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
+
+	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
+ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
+ *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
+ *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
+ *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
+ *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
+ *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
+ *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
+ *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
+ *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
+ *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
+ *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
+ *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
+ *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
+ *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
+ *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
+ *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
+ *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
+ *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
+ *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
+ *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
+ *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
+ *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
+ *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
+ *	attribute number currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
+	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
+		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/* only for backward compatibility */
+#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
+ *
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
+ * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
+ * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
+ * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
+ * 	beaconing.
+ * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
+ *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
+ *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
+ * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
+ */
+enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
+	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
+	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
+	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
+	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
+	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
+	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
+	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
+};
+
+#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
+					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
+#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
+
+/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
+#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
+ *
+ * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
+ * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
+ * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
+ * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
+ */
+enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
+	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
+	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
+	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
+	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
+ *
+ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
+ *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
+ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
+ *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
+ *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
+ *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
+ *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
+ *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
+ *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
+ *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
+ *	supported feature.
+ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
+ *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
+ */
+enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
+	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
+	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
+	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
+ * when getting information about a survey.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
+ *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
+ *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
+ *	channel was sensed busy
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
+ *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
+ *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
+ *	(on this channel or globally)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
+ *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
+ *	currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_survey_info {
+	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/* keep old names for compatibility */
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
+ *
+ * Monitor configuration flags.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
+ *	overrides all other flags.
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
+ *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
+ */
+enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
+	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
+	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
+	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
+	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
+	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
+	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
+	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
+ *	not known or has not been set yet.
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
+ *	in Awake state all the time.
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
+ *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
+ *	neighbor's beacons.
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
+ *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
+ *	for neighbor's beacons.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
+ */
+
+enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
+	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
+	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
+	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
+	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
+
+	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
+ *
+ * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
+ * active.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
+ *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
+ *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
+ *	millisecond units
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
+ *	on this mesh interface
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
+ *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
+ *	mesh
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
+ *	point.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
+ *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
+ *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
+ *	set.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
+ *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
+ *	target)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
+ *	(in milliseconds)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
+ *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
+ *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
+ *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
+ *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
+ *	reference element
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
+ *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
+ *	mesh
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
+ *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
+ *	root announcements are transmitted.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
+ *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
+ *	Announcement frames.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
+ *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
+ *	PERR element.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
+ *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
+ *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
+ *	a peer link.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
+ *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
+ *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
+ *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
+ *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
+ *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
+ *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
+ *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
+ *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
+ *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
+ *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
+ *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
+ *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
+ *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
+ *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
+	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
+ *
+ * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
+ * changed while the mesh is active.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
+ *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
+ *	default HWMP.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
+ *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
+ *	metric.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
+ *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
+ *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
+ *	metrics in use.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
+ *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
+ *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
+ *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
+ *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
+ *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
+ *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
+ *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
+ *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
+ *	userspace daemon.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
+ *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
+ *	neighbor offset synchronization
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
+ *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
+ *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
+ *	Default is no authentication method required.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
+	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
+ * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
+ *	disabled
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
+ *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
+ *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
+ * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_txq_attr {
+	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
+	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
+	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
+	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
+	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
+	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+enum nl80211_ac {
+	NL80211_AC_VO,
+	NL80211_AC_VI,
+	NL80211_AC_BE,
+	NL80211_AC_BK,
+	NL80211_NUM_ACS
+};
+
+/* backward compat */
+#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
+#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
+#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
+#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
+#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
+ *	below the control channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
+ *	above the control channel
+ */
+enum nl80211_channel_type {
+	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
+	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
+	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
+	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
+ *
+ * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
+ *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
+ *
+ * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
+ * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
+ *
+ * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
+ *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
+ * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
+ *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
+ *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
+ */
+enum nl80211_key_mode {
+	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
+	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
+	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
+ *
+ * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
+ * attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ *	attribute must be provided as well
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ *	attribute must be provided as well
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ *	attribute must be provided as well
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
+ */
+enum nl80211_chan_width {
+	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
+	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
+	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
+	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
+	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
+	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
+	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
+	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
+ *
+ * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
+	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
+	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
+	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
+ *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
+ *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
+ *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
+ *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
+ *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
+ *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
+ *	they are from a Beacon frame.
+ *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
+ *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
+ *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
+ *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
+ *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
+ *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
+ * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
+ *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
+ *	yet been received
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
+ *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
+ *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
+ *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
+ *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
+ *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
+ *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
+ *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
+ *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
+ *	is set.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
+ *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
+ *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
+ * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss {
+	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
+	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
+	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
+	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
+	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
+	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
+	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
+	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
+	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
+	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
+	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
+	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
+	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
+	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
+	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
+	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
+	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
+	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
+	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
+ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
+ *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
+ *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
+ *	a given BSS.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
+ *
+ * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
+ * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss_status {
+	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
+	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
+	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
+ *
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
+ * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
+ *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
+ *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
+ */
+enum nl80211_auth_type {
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
+	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
+ * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
+ * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
+ * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
+ */
+enum nl80211_key_type {
+	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
+	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
+	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
+
+	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
+ * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
+ * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
+ * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
+ */
+enum nl80211_mfp {
+	NL80211_MFP_NO,
+	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
+	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
+};
+
+enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
+	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
+	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
+	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
+ * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
+ *	unicast key
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
+ *	multicast key
+ * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
+ */
+enum nl80211_key_default_types {
+	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
+	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
+	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
+
+	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
+ * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
+ *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
+ *	keys
+ * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
+ * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
+ *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
+ * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
+ *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
+ * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
+ *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
+ *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
+ *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
+ *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
+ * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
+ *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_key_attributes {
+	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
+	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
+	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
+	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
+	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
+	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
+	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
+	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
+	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
+	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
+ * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
+ *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
+ *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
+ *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
+ *	in an array of MCS numbers.
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
+ *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
+ * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
+	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
+	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
+	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
+	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
+	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
+#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
+ * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
+ */
+struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
+	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
+};
+
+enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
+	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
+	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
+	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
+ * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
+ * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
+ * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
+ * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
+ *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
+ */
+enum nl80211_band {
+	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
+	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
+	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
+	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
+
+	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
+ * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
+ * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
+ */
+enum nl80211_ps_state {
+	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
+	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
+ * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
+ *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
+ *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
+ *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
+ *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
+ *	crosses any of the thresholds.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
+ *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
+ *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
+ *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
+ *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
+ *	checked.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
+ *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
+ *	loss event
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
+ *	RSSI threshold event.
+ * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
+	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
+ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
+ *      configured threshold
+ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
+ *      configured threshold
+ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
+ */
+enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
+	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
+	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
+	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
+ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
+ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
+ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
+ */
+enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
+	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
+	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
+	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
+ * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
+ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
+ *	a zero bit are ignored
+ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
+ *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
+ *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
+ *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
+ *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
+ *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
+ *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
+ *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
+ *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
+ *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
+ *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
+ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
+ *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
+ * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
+	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
+	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
+	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
+	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
+
+	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
+	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
+ * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
+ * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
+ * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
+ * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
+ *
+ * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
+ * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
+ * by the kernel to userspace.
+ */
+struct nl80211_pattern_support {
+	__u32 max_patterns;
+	__u32 min_pattern_len;
+	__u32 max_pattern_len;
+	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+/* only for backward compatibility */
+#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
+#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
+#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
+#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
+#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
+#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
+#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
+ * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
+ *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
+ *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
+ *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
+ *	any others are even supported by the device.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
+ *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
+ *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
+ *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
+ *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
+ *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
+ *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
+ *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
+ *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
+ *
+ *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
+ *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
+ *
+ *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
+ *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
+ *	to the kernel when configuring.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
+ *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
+ *	by the device (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
+ *	done by the device) (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
+ *	packet (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
+ *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
+ *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
+ *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
+ *	attribute contains the original length.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
+ *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
+ *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
+ *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
+ *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
+ *	contains the original length.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
+ *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
+ *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
+ *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
+ *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
+ *	the TCP connection.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
+ *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
+ *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
+ *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
+ *	service
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
+ *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
+ *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
+ *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
+ *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
+ *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
+ *	attribute is also sent in a response to
+ *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
+ *	supported by the driver (u32).
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
+ *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
+ *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
+ *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
+ *	element is present, it means that more than one match
+ *	occurred.
+ *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
+ *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
+ *	these attributes must be present.  If
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
+ *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
+ *	channel.
+ * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
+ * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
+ *
+ * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
+ * to report the wakeup reason(s).
+ */
+enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
+	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
+	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
+ *
+ * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
+ * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
+ * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
+ * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
+ * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
+ * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
+ * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
+ * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
+ * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
+ *
+ * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
+ * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
+ * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
+ * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
+ * also woken up.
+ *
+ * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
+ * response packets might not go through correctly.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
+ * @start: starting value
+ * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
+ * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
+ *
+ * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
+ * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
+ * in little endian.
+ */
+struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
+	__u32 start, offset, len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
+ * @offset: offset of token in packet
+ * @len: length of each token
+ * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
+ *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
+ */
+struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
+	__u32 offset, len;
+	__u8 token_stream[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
+ * @min_len: minimum token length
+ * @max_len: maximum token length
+ * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
+ */
+struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
+	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
+ * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
+ *	(in network byte order)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
+ *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
+ *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
+ *	might require ARP querying.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
+ *	socket and port will be allocated
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
+ *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
+ *	of the data payload.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
+ *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
+ *	advertising it is just a flag
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
+ *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
+ *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
+ *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
+ *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
+ *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
+ *	but on the TCP payload only.
+ * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
+ * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
+	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
+	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
+	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
+ * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
+ * @pat: packet pattern support information
+ * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
+ *
+ * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
+ * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
+ */
+struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
+	__u32 max_rules;
+	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
+	__u32 max_delay;
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
+ * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
+ *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
+ *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
+ * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
+	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
+	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
+	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
+	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
+	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
+ * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
+ *	in a rule are matched.
+ * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
+ *	in a rule are not matched.
+ */
+enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
+	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
+	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
+ *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
+ *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
+ * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
+ * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
+	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
+	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
+	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
+	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
+ *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
+ *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
+ *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
+ *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
+ *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
+ *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
+ *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
+ *	different channels may be used within this group.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
+ *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
+ *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
+ *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
+ *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
+ * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
+ * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
+ *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
+ *
+ *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
+ *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
+ *
+ *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
+ *	=> allows two STAs on different channels
+ *
+ *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
+ *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
+ *
+ * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
+ * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
+ * that any of these groups must match.
+ *
+ * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
+ * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
+ * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
+ * interface type, the following group always exists:
+ *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
+ */
+enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
+	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
+	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
+	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
+	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
+	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
+	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
+	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
+	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
+	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
+ *	state of non existent mesh peer links
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
+ *	this mesh peer
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
+ *	from this mesh peer
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
+ *	received from this mesh peer
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
+ *	plink are discarded
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
+ * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
+ */
+enum nl80211_plink_state {
+	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
+	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
+	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
+	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
+	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
+	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
+	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
+	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
+ */
+enum plink_actions {
+	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
+	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
+	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
+
+	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
+};
+
+
+#define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
+#define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
+#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
+ * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
+ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
+ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
+ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
+ * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
+ */
+enum nl80211_rekey_data {
+	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
+	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
+	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
+	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
+	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
+ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
+ *	Beacon frames)
+ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
+ *	in Beacon frames
+ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
+ *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
+ */
+enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
+	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
+	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
+	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
+ * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
+ * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
+ *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
+ * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
+ *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
+ * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
+	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
+	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
+	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
+ * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
+ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
+ *	priority)
+ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
+ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
+ *	(internal)
+ * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
+ *	(internal)
+ */
+enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
+	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
+	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
+	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
+	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
+	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
+ */
+enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
+	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
+	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
+	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
+	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
+	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
+};
+
+/*
+ * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
+ * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
+ * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
+enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
+};
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
+ *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
+ *	socket option.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
+ *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
+ *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
+ *	cellular base stations.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
+ *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
+ *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
+ *	mode
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
+ *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
+ *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
+ *	setting
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
+ *	powersave
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
+ *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
+ *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
+ *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
+ *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
+ *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
+ *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
+ *	states using station flags.
+ *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
+ *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
+ *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
+ *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
+ *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
+ *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
+ *	still generated by the driver.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
+ *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
+ *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
+ *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
+ *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
+ *	lifetime of a BSS.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
+ *	Set IE to probe requests.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
+ *	to probe requests.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
+ *	requests sent to it by an AP.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
+ *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
+ *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
+ *	Measurement Report action frame.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
+ *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
+ *	to enable dynack.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
+ *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
+ *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
+ *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
+ *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
+ *	rts/cts handshake.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
+ *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
+ *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
+ *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
+ *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
+ *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
+ *	operating as a TDLS peer.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
+ *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
+ *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
+ *	address mask/value will be used.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
+ *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
+ *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
+ *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
+ *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
+ *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
+ *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
+ */
+enum nl80211_feature_flags {
+	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
+	/* bit 13 is reserved */
+	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
+	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
+ *	can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
+ *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
+ *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
+ *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
+ *	certain groups which can be configured by the
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
+ *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
+ *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
+ *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
+ *	(if available).
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
+ *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
+ *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
+ *	(if available).
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
+ *	channel dwell time.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
+ *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
+ *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
+ *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
+ *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
+ *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
+ *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
+ *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
+ *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
+ *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
+ *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
+ *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
+ *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
+ *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
+ *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
+ *	be supported.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
+ *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
+ *	actual dwell time.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
+ *	response
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
+ *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
+ *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
+ *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
+ *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
+ *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
+ *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
+ *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
+ *	"radar detected" event.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
+ *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
+ *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
+ *      TXQs.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
+ *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
+ *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
+ *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
+ *	timing measurement responder role.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
+ *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
+ *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
+ *      freeze the connection.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
+ *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
+ *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
+ *	scheduling.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
+ *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
+ *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
+ *	to a station.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
+ *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
+ * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
+ */
+enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
+	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
+	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
+
+	/* add new features before the definition below */
+	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
+	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
+ *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
+ *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
+ *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
+ *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
+ *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
+ *	to the host.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
+ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
+ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
+ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
+ */
+enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
+	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
+	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
+	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
+	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
+ * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
+ *	handled by the AP is reached.
+ * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
+ */
+enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
+	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
+	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
+ *
+ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
+ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
+ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
+ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
+ */
+enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
+	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
+	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
+	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
+	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
+ *
+ * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
+ * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
+ * requests.
+ *
+ * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
+ * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
+ * one of them can be used in the request.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
+ *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
+ *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
+ *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
+ *	when really needed
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
+ *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
+ *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
+ *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
+ *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
+ *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
+ *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
+ *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
+ *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
+ *	request parameters IE in the probe request
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
+ *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
+ *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
+ *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
+ *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
+ *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
+ *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
+ *	SSID and/or RSSI.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
+ *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
+ *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
+ *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
+ *	impacted with this flag.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
+ *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
+ *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
+ *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
+ *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
+ *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
+ *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
+ *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
+ *	possible.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
+ *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
+ *	added by userspace explicitly.)
+ */
+enum nl80211_scan_flags {
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
+	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
+ *
+ * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
+ * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
+ * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
+ *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
+ *	in ACL to authenticate.
+ * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
+ *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
+ */
+enum nl80211_acl_policy {
+	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
+	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
+ *
+ * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
+ * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
+ * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
+ *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
+ */
+enum nl80211_smps_mode {
+	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
+	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
+	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
+
+	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
+ *
+ * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
+ * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
+ *	now unusable.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
+ *	the channel is now available.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
+ *	change to the channel status.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
+ *	over, channel becomes usable.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
+ *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
+ *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
+ *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
+ *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
+ */
+enum nl80211_radar_event {
+	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
+	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
+	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
+	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
+	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
+	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
+ *
+ * Channel states used by the DFS code.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
+ *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
+ * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
+ *	is therefore marked as not available.
+ * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
+ */
+enum nl80211_dfs_state {
+	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
+	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
+	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
+ * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
+ *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
+ *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
+ *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
+ */
+enum nl80211_protocol_features {
+	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
+ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
+ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
+ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
+ * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
+ */
+enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
+	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
+	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
+	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
+	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
+	/* add other protocols before this one */
+	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
+};
+
+/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
+#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
+ *
+ * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
+ *
+ * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
+ * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
+ *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
+ *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
+ *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
+ */
+enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
+	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
+	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
+};
+
+/*
+ * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
+ * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
+ * yet, so that's not valid so far)
+ */
+#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
+ * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
+ *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
+ *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
+ *	added to this file when needed.
+ * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
+ */
+struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
+	__u32 vendor_id;
+	__u32 subcmd;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
+ *
+ * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
+ * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
+ */
+enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
+	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
+	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
+	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
+ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
+ *	seconds (u32).
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
+ *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
+ *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
+ *	make the scan plan meaningless.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
+ *	currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
+	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
+		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
+ *
+ * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
+ *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
+ * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
+ */
+struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
+	__u8 band;
+	__s8 delta;
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
+ *	is requested.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
+ *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
+ *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
+ *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
+ *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
+ *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
+ *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
+ *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
+ * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
+ *
+ * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
+ * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
+ * which the driver shall use.
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
+	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
+	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
+	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
+	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
+ *
+ * Defines the function type of a NAN function
+ *
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
+ *
+ * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
+ *
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
+ * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
+	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
+	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
+ *
+ * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
+ *
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
+};
+
+#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
+#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
+#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
+ * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
+ *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
+ *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
+ *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
+ *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
+ *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
+ *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
+ *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
+ *	is follow up. This is a u8.
+ *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
+ *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
+ *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
+ *	This is a flag.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
+ *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
+ *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
+ *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
+ *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
+ *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
+ *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
+ *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
+	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
+	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
+ * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
+ *	This is a flag.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
+ *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
+ *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
+ *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
+ *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
+ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
+	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
+	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
+	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
+	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
+	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
+	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
+ * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
+ *	match. This is a nested attribute.
+ *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
+ *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
+ *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
+	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
+	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
+	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
+	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
+ *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
+ * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
+ * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
+ */
+enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
+	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
+	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
+ *	responder attributes
+ * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
+ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
+ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
+ *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
+ *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
+ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
+ *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
+ *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
+ * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
+ */
+enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
+	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
+	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
+	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
+	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+/*
+ * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
+ * when getting FTM responder statistics.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
+ *	were ssfully answered (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
+ *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
+ *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
+ *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
+ *	phase with the responder (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
+ *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
+ *	FTM slot (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
+ *	scheduled window (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
+ * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
+	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
+	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
+ */
+enum nl80211_preamble {
+	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
+	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
+	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
+	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
+ *	these numbers also for attributes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
+	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
+
+	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
+	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
+ *	reason may be available in the response data
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
+	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
+	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
+	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
+	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
+ *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
+ *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
+ *	(flag attribute)
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
+	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
+	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
+	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
+ *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
+ *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
+ *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
+ *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
+ *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
+ *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
+ *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
+ *	(u64, usec)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
+ *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
+ *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
+ *	result.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
+	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
+	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
+	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
+	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
+	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
+	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
+	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
+ *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
+ *	measurement type, with attributes from the
+ *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
+ *	measurement type, with attributes from the
+ *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
+	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
+	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
+	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
+	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
+	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
+ *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
+ *	measurements can be done with in a single request
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
+ *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
+ *	measurement results
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
+ *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
+ *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
+ *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
+ *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
+ *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
+ *	sub-attributes taken from
+ *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
+	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
+	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
+	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
+	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
+	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
+	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
+ *	is supported
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
+ *	mode is supported
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
+ *	data can be requested during the measurement
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
+ *	location data can be requested during the measurement
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
+ *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
+ *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
+ *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
+ *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
+ *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
+ *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
+ *	is valid)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
+ *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
+	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
+ *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
+ *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
+ *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
+ *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
+ *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
+ *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
+ *	requested per burst
+ *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
+ *	(u8, default 3)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
+ *	(flag)
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
+	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
+ *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
+ *	try and get no response)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
+ *	received
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
+ *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
+ *	by the peer and are no longer supported
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
+ *	(u32, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
+ *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
+ *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
+ *	transmitted (u32, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
+ *	that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
+ *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
+ *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
+ *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
+ *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
+ *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
+ *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
+ *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
+ *	attributes)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
+ *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
+ *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
+ *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
+ *	optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
+ *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
+ *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
+ *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
+ *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
+ *	Type 8.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
+ *	(binary, optional);
+ *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
+ *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
+ *	Type 11.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
+	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
+	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
+ * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
+ */
+enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
+	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
+	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
+	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+
+#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */